Sei sulla pagina 1di 195

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Section V
Technical Specifications
(BID DOCUMENT NO. SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-2015)

SJVN LIMITED
(A Joint Venture between the Govt. of India & Govt. of Himachal Pradesh)
SJVN Limited 707-709, DLF South Court Complex,
District Center Saket,
New Delhi-110017

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 1 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

DISCLAMIER:
1. Though adequate care has been taken while preparing the NIT document, the
Bidders/Applicants shall satisfy themselves that the document is complete in all respects.
Intimation of any discrepancy shall be given to this office immediately. If no intimation is received
from any Bidder within 7 days from the date of notification of NIT/Issue of the NIT documents, it
shall be considered that the NIT document is complete in all respects and has been received by
the Bidder.

2. SJVN Limited, The Employer, reserves the right to modify, amend or supplement this NIT
document including all formats and Annexures.

3. While this NIT has been prepared in good faith, neither SJVN nor their employees or advisors
make any representation or warranty, express or implied, or accept any responsibility or liability,
whatsoever, in respect of any statements or omissions herein, or the accuracy, completeness or
reliability of information, and shall incur no liability under any law, statute, rules or regulations as
to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of this NIT, even if any loss or damage is caused by
any act or omission on their part.

4. The specification mentioned for all the equipment viz., Solar modules, PCU, combiner boxes, DC
cables, module mounting structures, transformer, CT, PT, LT/ HT cables, interfacing panels,
switch gears and other associated equipment to complete the power generation and evacuation
to the designated substation, in the present tender document is for the reference only. It is
subjected to change/ alter as per the design/ planning from the tenderer at the time of detailed
engineering/design requirement. It is advised that the tenderer must satisfy himself with the
prevailing site conditions before design/ plan. The design must be optimized for the site
conditions and directed to achieve the maximum output form the installed capacity at all times.
Moreover, the components not mentioned, but are required to complete the plant for operation is
also included in the scope of bidder and shall be vetted by SJVN.

Place:
(Signature)
Date: Name and Designation of bidder

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 2 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

A. PROJECT INFORMATION
1 Introduction
SJVN proposes to bid for 70 MW (AC) project of solar photovoltaic grid connected power plant in
Bhadla Solar PV Park,Phase-II at Phalodi tehsil in Jodhpur district in state of Rajasthan of NTPC to
harness green energy.
70 MW (AC) solar power project shall be implemented in a single EPC package under domestic
competitive bidding under open category.
1.1 Location and Approach
Tehsil Phalodi
District Jodhpur
State Rajasthan
Nearest Railway Station Phalodi(83 km)
Nearest Domestic Airport Jodhpur (227 km)
Nearest Port Kandla (520 km)

1.2 Land Availability

Land Available 1800 Hectare


Plot No. 1,2,3,8,9,10 (Each plot of 140 Hectare)
Type of Land Government land
Details of land in possession RSDCL, Bhadla Phase-II

1.3 Technology

In Solar Photo Voltaic Power Generation the direct conversion of solar radiation into electricity is
achieved by using semiconductor devices Solar Cells which work on the principle of photo electric
effect.

1.4 Power Evacuation System

Two pooling SS of 220 kV/132 kV with 5 bays of


Nearest Substation Details
132 kV and 3 transformers of 160 MVA each

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 3 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Two double circuit overhead 220 kV lines to
Transmission cable Bhadla RVPN GSS
Single and double 132 kVoverhead lines

1.5 Other Details

Water Requirement during construction To be arranged by Bidder


Power Requirement during construction To be arranged by Bidder

B. SYSTEM DESIGN AND PHILOSOPHY


2 Design Philosophy

2.1 The main objective of the design philosophy is to construct the plant with high Quality,
availability and reliability. In order to achieve this, the following principles shall be adopted while
designing system.

Technology: Solar PV multi crystalline cells of high efficiency (>15%).


Adequate capacity of SPV module, PCUs, Junction boxes etc. to ensure generation of power as per
design estimates. This to be done by applying liberal de-rating factors for the array and
recognizing the efficiency parameters of PCUs, transformers, etc.
Use of equipment and systems with proven design and performance that have a high availability
track record under similar service conditions.
Selection of the equipment and adoption of a plant layout to ensure ease of maintenance.
Strict compliance with the approved and proven quality assurance norms and procedures during the
different phases of the project.
Proper monitoring in the synchronizations which ensures the availability of power to the grid.
The plant instrumentation and control system should be designed to ensure high availability and
reliability of the plant to assist the operators in the safe and efficient operation of the plant.
It should also provide for the analysis of the historical data and help in the plant maintenance people
to take up the plant and equipment on preventive maintenance.
Generation voltage to be stepped up (referred to as First step-up Voltage level from hereafter) and
the voltage to connect it to the grid (referred to as Second step-up voltage level from hereafter)
at the point of interconnection as per design requirement during detailed engineering subject to
NTPC and SPIA requirements.
The power plant has to operate in parallel with the grid system which is infinite electrical system. Any
faults not taken care will result in damage of only SPV power plant without affecting DISCOMS

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 4 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
infinite system. Thus the Solar Power Plant has to protect its equipment against any of possible
fault or other disturbances from the grid.
Very fast responsive microprocessor based Directional and Reverse power flow protection should be
provided to ensure isolation of the solar power plant from the grid at the time of any fault or/and
any additional suitable protection.
2.1.12 All equipment, materials and services whether explicitly stated or otherwise and that
are necessary for the satisfactory operation of the Solar PV system and its
integration with evacuation system provided by State Electricity Authority(s) shall be
deemed to be included in the scope of work of the Contractor and shall not be limited
to the following.

Basic Engineering of the plant and systems.

Detailed design of all the equipment and equipment system(s) including civil
works.

Providing, Review and approval of engineering drawings, data, process


Calculations, test procedures, structural design calculations, Equipment layout,
Drawings/Data sheets of bought out items, Civil
structural/architectural Drawings, Performance & Guarantee Test
procedure etc.

Providing Operation & Maintenance/ instruction manuals, as built


drawings and other information;

Providing training of Employers personnel

Finalization of sub-vendors, manufacturing quality plans and Field quality


plans.

Complete manufacturing including conducting all type, routine and


acceptance tests; Civil, Structural and Architectural works to the extent
applicable, including construction facilities and construction power distribution.
Packing and transportation from the manufacturers works to the site
including customs clearance & port clearance, port charges, (if any).

Receipt, storage, preservation and conservation of equipment at the site;


Fabrication, pre-assembly, (if any), erection, testing, pre- commissioning and
commissioning and putting into satisfactory operation all the equipment
including successful completion of initial operation

Reliability and Functional guarantee tests after successful completion of trial


operation;

Supply of spares.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 5 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Satisfactory completion of the contract.

Special tools and tackles if any required for maintenance of the plant.

2.2 The basic and detailed engineering of the plant will aim at achieving high standards of
operational performance especially considering following:

Plant layout to ensure optimum availability for generation during the day time without any shading.
High DC system voltage and low current handling requirements.
Selection of PCUs with good track record and ready availability of requisite spares.
Based on the SOLAR INSOLATION data from reliable sources, the solar PV system should be so
designed that it shall take into account the mean energy output after allowing for various losses,
temperature corrections, on an average day for each month of the year.
Careful logging of operational data / historical information from the Data Monitoring Systems, and
periodically processing it to determine abnormal or slowly deteriorating conditions.
SPV power plant should be designed to operate satisfactorily in parallel with the grid within
permissible limits of high voltage and frequency fluctuation conditions, so as to export the
maximum possible units to the grid. It is also extremely important to safeguard the system during
major disturbances, like tripping / pulling out of big generating stations and sudden overloading
during falling of portion of the grid loads on the power plant unit in island mode, under fault /
feeder tripping conditions.
Flat plate SPV arrays are held fixed at an optimum tilted angle and face towards the equator, are
most common. The angle of tilt should be approximately equal to the angle of latitude for the
site. A steeper angle increases the output in winter; while a shallower angle more output in
summer. It should be arranged in such a manner that optimum generation is achieved and its
design shall be finalized at detailed engineering stage.

2.3 The specification provided with this bid document is a functional one; any design provided in
this document is only meant as an example. The Bidder/ must submit a proposal based upon
their own design which shall have compliance to the International Standards/ Indian standards.
The Bidder/ must optimize their own design for Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) plant with proven
technologies so that it best meet to the performance guarantees. The bidders are advised to
visit the site before designing the plant.

2.4 The minimum array capacity at STC shall be determined to have 70 MW (Maximum Power
Output AC) output at the time of installation. If the bidder anticipates any degradation of the

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 6 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
module, it shall be taken care of to provide additional capacity to achieve guaranteed
performance parameters.

2.5 This Bid document specifically cover requirements for Grid Connected 70 MW (AC) Solar Power
Plant along with their associated equipment.

2.6 Contractor will prepare their design basis report and submit a copy to SJVN for evaluation within
2 weeks from the date of issue of LOI.

2.7 The supply, erection, commissioning and all other allied works for 70 MW (AC) SPV Power
Plant shall be completed within 10 months from the date of order/ LOI.

C. SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND WORK


3 Detailed Scope of Work
The detailed scope of work in accordance with this specification is elaborated below. The scope
of the contractor shall be deemed to include all such items which although are not specifically
mentioned in the bid documents and/or in contractors proposal but are needed to make the
system complete in all respects for its safe, reliable, efficient and trouble free operation and
the same shall be furnished and erected unless otherwise specifically excluded. Scope of
Supply & Work includes all design, engineering, manufacture, procurement & supply of
equipment and materials, testing at manufacturers works, inspection, packing and forwarding,
supply, receipt, unloading and storage at site, associated civil works viz. soil investigation,
geotechnical studies, fencing, foundation : requisite foundation and structures wherever required,
rooms : construction of control room, inverter room, security room, gate complex, water storage
tank, etc., CCTV monitoring of the project, Module washing/cleaning, security, fire protection,
services, permits, licences, installation and incidentals, insurance at all stages, erection, testing
and commissioning of 70 MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant and performance
demonstration with associated equipment and materials on turnkey basis at Bhadla Solar Park,
Phase-II, Tehsil: Phalodi, Dist: Jodhpur, State: Rajasthan and 10 (Ten) years comprehensive
operation & maintenance thereafter.

The Bidder shall be responsible to coordinate & facilitate in resolution of Land Acquisition
and connectivity issues related to the Project with RSDCL (Solar Park Implementation Agency,
hereafter referred as SPIA) and other Authorities as per NTPC RfS document. Any due payments
arising out of the Land Acquisition process and Connectivity with grid shall however be paid by
SJVN to the appropriate Authorities.

3.1 The equipment and materials for 70 MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant with
associated system (Typical) shall include but not be limited to the Supply, Erection, and Testing
& Commissioning of the following:

Solar PV modules, of same rating in each array.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 7 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Solar PV modules in array totalling maximum of 70 MW (AC) after conversion from DC to AC by
PCU, including mounting frames, structures, fasteners, array foundation and module inter
connection.
Array Junction boxes, distribution boxes and Fuse boxes. MCBs, Surge Arrestors with string
monitoring capabilities.
Power Conditioning Units (PCU) with SCADA, common AC power evacuation panel with bus bars
and circuit breakers LT & HT Power Interfacing Panels, Plant Monitoring Desk, AC & DC
Distribution boards.
Adequate nos. of step up Transformers from generation voltage (as per design based on detailed
engineering and requirements of NTPC and SPIA.)
Adequate nos. of step up Transformers for connecting to pooling station (as per design based on
detailed engineering and requirements of NTPC and SPIA.)
Auxiliary transformer (as per design based on detailed engineering)
Metering as per NTPC and SPIA requirement.
Protection system along with battery system.
LT Power and Control Cables including end terminations and other required accessories for both AC
& DC power
Internal 415V interconnection (as per design based on detailed engineering) & indoor/outdoor feeder
panels to cater auxiliary needs of plant
Switchyard having incoming and outgoing feeders with VCBs, CTs, PTs, Bus bars, cables terminals
kits and Bus coupler having Main and transfer Bus. Each bay shall consist of outdoor VCB, CT,
Isolators with earth switch, LAs etc. and PTs.
2 no. Meters (Main and Check) shall be provided at 132 kV side of pooling station and 1 no. meter
at plant side (Standby meter), and 2 nos. of meters (Main and Check) shall be provided at RVPN
GSS on 220 kV circuit and 1 no. of meterat pooling station at 220 kV (Standby meter) side by
RSDCL as per NTPC and SPIA requirement with all necessary metering rated CTs and PTs at
the plant take off point as well as at the substation.
Data acquisition system with remote monitoring facilities and telemetry data compliance with SLDC.
Lightning arrestors.
PVC pipes, conduits and accessories/trenches
Tool kit and Earthing kit
Control room equipment related to solar system etc.
Testing, maintenance and condition monitoring of equipment.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 8 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Spares & consumables for 5 years
CCTV cameras at Main Entrance and at Main Control room
Fire protection system in buildings
Any other equipment / material required to complete the 70 MW (AC) Solar Power Plant.
Packing and transportation from the manufacturers works to the site including customs
clearance & port clearance, port charges, Receipt, unloading, storage, erection, testing and
commissioning of all supplied material including coordination with RSDCL (Solar Park
Implementation Agency, hereafter referred as SPIA), RVPN, Chief Electrical Inspector and other
statutory authorities for all requisite approvals
One Solar Observatory including testing facilities. The Solar Observatory with associate system shall
include but not be limited to the following:
Pyranometers.
Ultrasonic Anemometer.
Temperature Sensor Ambient and module surface
Power source to the all sensors
Data Logger
Desktop and Printer
Construction of switchyard and structures for termination of cable/overhead transmission line to
evacuate power from plant to GSS as per NTPC and SPIA requirements.
Laying of XLPE cable/overhead transmission line from plant take off point to the substation.
Design of 70 MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar Power Plant and its associated electrical & mechanical
auxiliary systems includes preparation of single line diagrams and installation drawings,
electrical layouts, erection key diagrams, electrical and physical clearance diagrams, design
calculations for Earthmat, Bus Bar & Spacers indoor and outdoor lighting/ illumination etc.
design memorandum, GTP and GA drawings for the major equipment, design basis &
calculation sheets, and other relevant drawings and documents required for engineering of all
facilities within the fencing to be provided under this contract, are covered under Bidders scope
of work.
In addition to above, the Bidder is required to measure the Solar Radiation and other climatic
conditions relevant to predict the plant performance. This is necessary to study Solar Level and
Guaranteed Performance of the Solar Power Plant. The satellite based analysis is to be
combined with direct ground based measurement equipment in order to achieve the necessary
accuracy and level of detail in the assessment of solar levels and climatic conditions.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 9 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The major categories of site-specific assessment required, but not limited to, shall be following:
Global Solar Radiation (GHI) on horizontal plane
Global Solar Radiation (GSR) on Tilted plane equal to tilt of the modules
Temperature for ambient and module surface
Wind Speed and direction
Estimation and determination of the plant generation on daily basis in form of look ahead schedule.

3.2 One Solar Observatory including testing facilities shall be installed for SJVN at site and operated
by the contractor. During the O&M period, the Contractor shall keep the measured daily data at
regular interval and provide the same to SJVN in electronic form. The right to use the data shall
remain with SJVN.

3.3 Materials and accessories, which are necessary or usual for satisfactory and trouble-free
operation and maintenance of the above equipment.

3.4 Availability of vehicles for staff and for every day inspection by SJVN as per requirement may be
ensured, failing which SJVN shall have full right for alternate arrangement at the risk & cost of
contractor.

3.5 Bidders shall design power evacuation system including design and construction of
transmission line as per NTPC and SPIA requirements from power plant boundary to inject
power from Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant to RVPN substation.

3.6 The items of civil construction work shall include all works required for solar PV project and
should be performed specifically with respect to following but not limited to:

Geotechnical investigation & Topography survey at the site. Conducting contour survey of the
Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant for the total area identified for 70 MW (AC) Solar Photovoltaic
capacity & complete soil investigation with bore hole details.
Earthwork for Site grading, cutting, filling, levelling & compacting of land
Construction and erection of perimeter fence and main/ security gate (s)
Construction of foundation & mounting structures for SPV panels
Civil foundation work of transformers, switchgears, etc.
Construction of 3.75m internal roads with 0.3m well compacted shoulders on each side with
WBM base to carry safe and easy transportation of equipment and material at the project site
during and after construction.
Construction of Equipment room with necessary illumination system and finishing as required

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 10 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Office cum stores cum control room building with Supervisor room, pantry, wash room, conference
room etc. along with requisite furniture, workstations, air conditioning, internal and external
illumination, other equipment as per the specifications
Security cabin at strategic locations inside the plant
A suitable arrangement of water shall be ensured to cater the day-to-day requirement of drinking
water and permanent water supply for module cleaning and other needs of SPV power Plant
during entire O&M period after coordination with SPIA.
Communication System for SCADA with remote monitoring capabilities
Construction of Storm water drainage & sewage network. Rain water harvesting system should also
be explored.
Perimeter lighting Fabrication, supply & erection along with required GI junction boxes, support,
brackets and accessories as required
Galvanized steel rigid/ high density flexible conduits and their accessories and Hume pipes for
crossings
Supply of ferrules, lugs, glands, terminal blocks, galvanized sheet steel junction boxes with powder
coating paint for internal fixtures, cable fixing clamps, nuts and bolts etc. of appropriate sizes as
required in the plant
Power Cables laying underground / over ground with proper cable tray arrangements
Entire GI cable tray with proper support and accessories inside equipment room and control room
building and other locations as required
Construction of 66kV switchyard for power evacuation and provision of interconnection with
transmission line.
Laying of transmission line, fabrication and erection of structure to support transmission line
conductors from take-off point at plant to the delivery point at STU (RVPN) substation.

3.7 Obtaining statutory approvals / clearances on behalf of the employer from Government
Departments, with coordination with SPIA, not limited to, the following-

Land acquisition
Connectivity with the grid
Airport authority clearance if required.
Pollution control board clearance, if required.
Mining Department.
Forest Department

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 11 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
All other approval, as necessary for setting up of a solar power plant including CEIG,
connectivity, power evacuation, PTCC etc. as per the suggested guidelines
All other statutory approvals and permissions not mentioned specifically but are required
to carry out hassle free construction and operation of the plant

3.8 The Bidder shall arrange deployment of qualified and suitable manpower and required
necessary consumables during commissioning.

3.9 Construction Power & construction Water as required for construction and completion of this
contract are to be arranged by the Bidder after coordination with SPIA.

3.10 Comprehensive Operation & Maintenance of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant for the period of 10
years including deployment of engineering personnel, technicians and security personnel.

3.11 All approvals, equipment, item and works which are not specifically mentioned in this document
but are required for completion of work including construction, commissioning, operation &
maintenance of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant in every respect and for safe and efficient
construction & erection, operation and guaranteed performance are included in the scope of this
bid.

3.12 Submission of following documents, drawings, data design, and engineering information to
SJVN or its authorized representative for review in two hard copies and soft copy from time to
time as per project schedule

Contour plan and soil investigation data for the area


GA drawings of the entire project including roads, drains, storm water drainage, sewage
networks, equipment rooms, office cum control room, security gate, fire protection
system etc.
Design basis criteria ,Report along with relevant standards
Solar insolation data and basis for generation data
Design calculations and sheets
Detailed technical specification of all the equipment
General arrangement and assembly drawings
Schematic diagram for entire electric system
GTP & G.A. drawings for all types of structures/ components, 66 kV switchyard, 11kV
panels & other interfacing panels
Relay setting charts

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 12 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Quality assurance plans and field quality plans
Detailed site EHS plan, fire safety & evacuation plan and disaster management plan
Detailed risk assessment and mitigation plan
Test reports (for type, acceptance, and routine tests)
O&M Instructions manuals and its drawings
As built drawings / documents and deviation list from good for construction (GFC)
O&M plans, schedules and operational manuals for all equipment etc.

3.13 All drawings shall be fully corrected to agree with the actual "as built" site conditions and
submitted to SJVN after commissioning of the project for record purpose. All as built drawings
must include the Good for Construction deviation list

3.14 The contractor shall forward to SJVN within two weeks from issue of LOI:

Detail engineering calculation, Design Basis Report and complete layout plan for 70 MW
(AC) Solar PV Plant.
Equipment Data sheet and drawings for module/module mounting structure/ PCU/ LT
switchgear/ HT switch gear/ Transformer/ Junction Box etc:
Schedule for various activities in the form of PERT Chart

3.15 Contractor shall also periodically submit the following reports to SJVN:

Daily/ Weekly site work progress report during construction period along with the real
time snap shots during the time of construction.
Weekly/ Monthly O&M reports after commissioning of the project.

3.16 Providing a detailed training plan for all operation, maintenance procedures, which shall after
approval by SJVN form the basis of the training program. The contractor, shall also provide
training to SJVNs nominated staff.

3.17 Employ and coordinate the training of contractors personnel who will be qualified and
experienced to operate and monitor the facility and to coordinate operations of the facility with
the grid system.

3.18 Establishing a system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment, consumables
and other supplies required for the facilitys hassle free operation.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 13 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
3.19 Insurance coverage during EPC and O&M period to cater all risks related to construction and
O&M of plant to indemnify the employer as specified in GCC and SCC elsewhere.

3.20 Maintain at the facility accurate and up-to-date operating logs, records and monthly reports
regarding the Operation & Maintenance of facility.

3.21 Perform or contract for and oversee the performance of periodic overhauls or maintenance
required for the facility in accordance with the recommendations of the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM).

3.22 Procurement for spares parts, overhaul parts, tools, equipment, consumables, etc. required to
operate and maintain the project in accordance with the prudent utility practices and having
regarded to warranty recommendations.

3.23 Hand over the system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment, consumables
and supplies for the facilitys operation along-with required inventory to maintain the facility for
two year on the basis of average requirement at the time of conclusion of O&M period.

3.24 Maintain and keep all administrative offices, roads, tool room, stores room, equipment, clean,
green and in workable conditions.

3.25 Discharge obligations relating to retirement/ Superannuating benefits to employees or any other
benefit accruing to them in the nature of compensation, profit in lieu / in addition to salary, etc.
for the period of service with the contractor, irrespective continuance of employees with the
project as employees of Contractor, after conclusion of O&M period.

3.26 Failure of any equipment to meet the specified requirements of tests carried out at works or at
site shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the equipment. Rejection of any equipment will not
be held as a valid reason for delay in completion of the works as per schedule. Contractor shall
be responsible for removing all deficiencies and supplying the equipment that meet the
requirement.

3.27 Before submitting his bid, the bidder should inspect and examine the site and its surroundings
and should satisfy himself as to the nature of the ground and subsoil, the quantities and nature
of work, materials necessary for completion of the work and their availability, means of access
to site and in general shall himself obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies
and other circumstances which may influence or affect his offer. No consequent extra claims on
any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed by the Employer.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 14 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

D. Technical Specification of Solar power plant


4 Bill of Material:
The equipment and material for 70 MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant with
associate system (typical) shall include, but not limited to the following:
Item Details Unit
PV Modules Nos.
Module Mounting Structures Set
Main Junction Boxes with monitoring capabilities Lot
Solar module array to Junction box Interconnection cable (Cu) RM
Junction box to Inverter Interconnection Cable RM
Connection accessories lugs, ferrules, glands etc. Lot
DC cables & AC (LT/ HT) Cable of appropriate sizes RM
Power Conditioning Units/ Inverters Nos.
Meteorological station with sensors and data logger Lot
String monitoring system (SCADA) and ancillaries Set
Inverter Transformers (Power) Set
Auxiliary Transformers Set
Power Transformers Set
Circuit breakers, CT and PT set Set
First step-up voltage level Indoor/outdoor interfacing panels with CT, VCB, PT, Set
XLPE
RelaysOutgoing
etc. feeder cable and supports Set
AC & DC distribution panels/ boards Lot
Control and Relay Panel Lot
Second step-up voltage level outdoor switchyard with CT, VCB, PT, Relays Set
Lightning
etc.132 kVArresters
GSS of suitable ratings Nos.
Earth mat for switch yard, DC field array and equipment Lot
Control and power cables Lot
arrangement
Surge withdevices
Protection Outdoorandbays (4 nos ) one each for 630kVA transformer, and
Fuses Set
Earth
outdoorcables, flats
feeder andand
Busearthing
couplerpits
having Main and transfer Bus. Each bay shall Lot
Equipment and Control cum office Building Lot
consist of outdoor VCB, CT, Isolators with earth switch, LAs etc and PTs
Rubber Mats for specific kV ratings Lot
Foam type Fire extinguisher Lot
CO2 Extinguisher
arrangement with Outdoor bays (4 nos ) one each for 630kVA transformer, and Lot
Sand Buckets Lot
outdoor feeder and Bus coupler having Main and transfer Bus. Each bay shall
Discharge Rods Lot
consist of outdoor VCB,line
XLPE cable/overhead CT,from
Isolators
take with earthupto
off point switch,
RVPNLAs grid
etc and PTs along
substation
Lot
with associated equipment
Power efficient peripheral lighting arrangement for the plant safety Nos.
Fire fighting automation and signboards in buildings
equipment Lot
Metering Equipment (Meters, and associated CT and PTs) Set
Protection Equipment Set
Solar Observatory and remote monitoring assistance Set

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 15 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Module cleaning system Lot
CCTV cameras Lot
Danger plates, anti-climbing, bird protection etc. Lot
Battery/Battery Charger and UPS Lot
Balance equipment other than specified above Lot

All the material shown here is indicative only and may vary as per design and planning by the bidder.
The bidder must provide the BOM of the plant as per the design during the time of bidding. The
technical features of major equipment are described here under.

5 Photovoltaic Modules

5.1 Total volume of PV Modules to be supplied for the 70 MW (AC) project, with positive tolerance,
which is cumulative rated capacity of all solar PV module under supply as per relevant IEC
standards under STC conditions. The Project shall consist of poly-crystalline silicon photovoltaic
modules as per the following specifications.

5.2 The solar photo-voltaic module of minimum output of 300W at STC to be provided with high
efficiency of more than 15% for multi/poly crystalline silicon solar cells based modules with
positive tolerance only.Minimum Fill factor shall be 0.7.

5.3 The glass used to make the crystalline silicon modules shall be of toughened low iron glass with
minimum thickness of 4.0 mm for 72 cell module. The glass used shall have transmittance of
above 90% and bending less than 0.3% to meet the specifications.

5.4 The back sheet used in the crystalline silicon based modules shall be of 3 layered structure.
Outer layer of fluoropolymer, middle layer of Polyester (PET) based and Inner layer of
fluoropolymer or UV resistant polymer. Back sheet with additional layer of Aluminium also will be
considered. The thickness of back sheet should be of minimum 300 microns with water vapour
transmission rate less than 3g/m2/day. The Back sheet shall have voltage tolerance of more
than 1000 V.

5.5 The module frame shall be made of corrosion resistant materials, preferably having aluminum
anodized finish. The anodizing thickness shall be 15 micron or better.

5.6 Each module should have two 4 sq.mm stranded UV resistant cables as per of TUV
specification 2 Pfg 1169/08.2007 and terminated with connectors adaptive to MC4 type

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 16 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
connector directly. MC4 type connector should be TUV certified. The positive (+) terminal has a
male connector while the negative (-) terminal has a female connector.

5.7 The EVA used for the modules should be of UV resistant in nature. No yellowing with prolonged
exposure in the filed shall occur.

5.8 The sealant used for edge sealing of PV modules shall have excellent miosture ingress
protection with good electrical insulation (Break down voltage >15 kV/mm) and with good
adhesion strength.

5.9 The junction box used in the modules shall have protected bypass diodes and blocking diods to
prevent hot spots in case of cell mismatch or shading.The material used for junction box shall be
made with UV resistant material to avoid degradation during module life and the Junction
sealing shall comply IP65 degree of protection.

5.10 The crystalline silicon based modules supplied should be of Potential Induced Degradation
(PID) free modules and the test certificate from third party lab complying with the same shall be
provided.

5.11 The output of the modules shall have positive tolerance of 3% and no negative tolerance is
allowed.

5.12 Modules should have rugged design to withstand tough environmental conditions and high wind
speeds up to 180 km/h.

5.13 Modules shall perform satisfactorily in relative humidity up to 95% and ambient temperature
between -10oC and + 60 degree C.

5.14 PV modules must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, which should not be less
than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years from the date of successful
completion of trial run is in the scope of the bidder.

5.15 The modules shall be warranted for minimum of 10 years against all material/manufacturing
defects and workmanship.

5.16 All modules shall be certified and shall have conformity with, but not limited, to the following:

IEC 61215 2nd Ed. (Design qualification and type approval for Crystalline Si modules),
IEC 61730 Ed.1.2 2013-03 (PV module safety qualification: Requirements of
construction).

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 17 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
IEC 61730 Ed.1.0 2004-10 (PV module safety qualification: Requirements of Testing).
(PV module safety qualification testing @ 1000 V DC or higher)
Test certificate from NABL approved or /ILAC member body certified labs to be provided

5.17 Type Test

SPV modules must be tested and certified by any of the accredited certifying agencies according to
above mentioned International Standards and the type test reports shall be submitted for
owners/employers review. If the type test are not done previously shall be conducted free of
cost by the contractor and report shall be furnished.

5.18 For modules to be used in a highly corrosive environment throughout their lifetime they must
qualify for IEC 61701.

5.19 The developer shall arrange for the details of the materials along with specifications sheets of
from the manufacturers of the various components used in solar modules along with those used
in the modules sent for certification. The Bill of materials (BOM) used for modules shall not differ
in any case from the ones submitted for certification of modules.

5.20 The I-V characteristics of all modules as per specifications to be used in the systems are
required to be submitted at the time of supply.

5.21 Each PV module used in project must use a RF identification tag. RFID shall be mandatorily
placed inside the module laminate and must be able to withstand harsh environmental
conditions during the module lifetime. One number RFID reader has to be supplied by the
bidder which has to be compatible to read the data from the RFID Tag & download the data to
Computer. All associated Software & Cables are to be provided along with the RFID reader.
RFID used on each module shall carry the following information -

Name of manufacturer, name of manufacturer of solar cells symbol of bidder;


Country of Origin (separately for cells and modules)
o Unique model number;
o Unique Serial number;
Month and Year of manufacture (separately for cells and module).
Date and Year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate.
Name of Test Lab issuing IEC certificate.
Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per ISO 9000.
o Polarity of terminals or leads (colour coding is permissible).

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 18 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
o Maximum system voltage for which the module is suitable.
o Date & place of manufacture.
o I-V Curve for the module at standard test condition (1000 W/sq m, AM 1.5, 25 C).
o Wattage, Imp, Vmp & FF for the module.
5.21.1 Name Plate :
All individual modules shall be provided with Name Plate label at the back of module
which shall provide the information given below for identification

They shall be clearly visible and shall not be hidden by equipment wiring.
Type of labels and fixing of labels shall be such that they are not likely to peel off/ fall
off during the life of the panel. White back sheet should be used in module.

1. Manufacturers Name
2. Model Number, Serial Number
3. Overall Dimensions (W x L x D)
4. Weight (kg)
5. Maximum Power (PMAX) , Voltage ( VMP), Current ( IMP)

6. Short Circuit Current (ISC), Open Circuit Voltage (VOC)

7. Main System Voltage


8. Relevant standards, Certification lab. Name
9. SJVN Logo on the top corner of the each Module (Design shall be
provided to successful bidder during detail engineering)
10. Warnings, if any
5.22 The Contractor would be required to maintain accessibility to the list of module IDs along with
the above parametric data for each module.

5.23 The temperature co-efficient of power for the crystalline modules shall not be more than 0.50% /
C.

5.24 The module mismatch losses for modules connected to an inverter should be less than 2%.

5.25 SPV module shall have module safety class-II and should be highly reliable, light weight and
must have a service life of more than 25 years.

5.26 The module frame shall be made of corrosion resistant material, which shall be electrically
compatible with the structural material used for mounting the modules. In case of metal frames
for modules, it is required to have provision for earthing.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 19 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
5.27 The module frame should have been made of Aluminium or corrosion resistant material, which
shall be electrolytically compatible with the structural material used for mounting the modules
with sufficient no. of grounding/installation.

5.28 All materials used for manufacturing solar PV module shall have a proven history of reliability
and stable operation in external applications. It shall perform satisfactorily in relative humidity up
to 95% with ambient temperature between -10C to +60C and shall withstand adverse climatic
conditions, such as high speed wind, blow with dust, sand particles, saline climatic / soil
conditions and for wind 180 km/hr on the surface of the panel.

5.29 Modules only with the same rating and same manufacturer shall be connected to any single
inverter.

5.30 Bidder shall provide data sheet for Solar PV Module (Under STC) along with their offer as per
Guarantee Technical Particular Data Sheet- 1. Also, the bidder must provide the commercial
data sheet indicating the exact power of the module, if the data sheet consists of a range of
modules with varying output power.

5.31 Only those modules which are supplied by the manufacturer for a capacity more than 100 MW
and are in successful operation of at least one year in India shall be considered for existing
project. On this account, Bidder shall provide full information, to the satisfaction of the Employer,
before placing final order for the modules. Bidder shall also submit the proof of original
purchase.

5.32 The Employer or its authorized representative reserves the right to inspect the modules at the
manufacturers site prior to dispatch.

5.33 The Bidder is advised to check and ensure the availability of complete capacity of modules prior
to submitting the NIT document.

5.34 Entire drawings, detailed test & flash reports and compliance certificates of the offered modules
should be submitted for review of SJVN within 2 weeks from the date of placement of order and
supply should start thereafter.

6 PV Array Configurations
The Solar array shall be configured in multiple numbers of sub-arrays, providing optimum DC
power to auditable number of sub arrays. The bidder shall submit their own design indicating
configuration of PCU and respective sub arrays and bill of material.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 20 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
6.1 Module Mounting Structure (Fixed/Single Axis/Double Axis):

The structure design shall be appropriate and innovative. It must follow the existing structure and
land profile.
The structure shall be designed to allow easy replacement of any module and shall be in line with
site requirement.
Design drawings with material selected shall be submitted for review of SJVN within 15 days of
detailed order.
The support structure design & foundation shall be designed with reference to the existing soil
conditions in order to withstand wind speed applicable for the zone (Site Location) or 180kmph,
whichever is higher, using relevant Indian wind load codes. The structures and foundations shall
also conform to the seismic conditions pertaining to the zone using relevant Standards and
codes.
The structure must be designed with considering appropriate factor of safety. The bidder must
provide the detail design and calculation for the structure design. Mounting structures shall be
designed to withstand the extreme weather conditions in the area. Design wind speed factors
shall be as per IS: 875-III.
The structure shall be designed for simple mechanical and electrical installation. It shall support SPV
modules at a given orientation &tilt, absorb and transfer the mechanical loads to the ground
properly. Welding of structure at site shall not be allowed.
The array structure shall be made of hot dipped galvanized steel of suitable size. The thickness of
galvanization should be as per the relevant standards for galvanization but minimum of 80
microns. It is to ensure that before galvanization the steel surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of
any paint, grease, rust, scale, acid or alkali or such foreign material as are likely to interfere with
the galvanization process as per IS 4759 and equivalent standards. The bidder should ensure
that inner side should also be galvanized.
The array structure shall be so designed that it will occupy minimum space without sacrificing the
output from SPV panels at the same time.
Nut & bolts, supporting structures including Module Mounting Structures shall have to be adequately
protected from atmosphere and weather prevailing in the area.
All fasteners shall be of stainless steel of grade SS 316 and must sustain the adverse climatic
conditions. 2 nos. of anti theft fasteners of steel on two diagonally opposite corners of module
shall be provided. Any lower grade stainless steel (SS 304, SS 302 or equivalent) fasteners
must have protected coating to ensure the life of 25 years.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 21 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Modules shall be clamped / bolted with the structure properly. The material of construction shall be
GI / Al / Steel. Clamps / bolts with or without EPDM rubber shall be designed in such a way so
as not to cast any shadow on the active part of a module.
The array structure shall be grounded properly using maintenance free earthing kit.
The bidder/manufacturer shall specify installation details of the PV modules and the support
structures with appropriate diagram and drawings. The proposed foundation system for MMS
shall be as per the geo-technical investigation.
The drawings along with detailed structure design and material selected and their standards shall be
submitted in 2 (two) sets in hard & in soft form to SJVN for review before starting the execution
work. The work will be carried out as per design reviewed by SJVN.
The Bidder should design the structure height considering highest flood level at the site. The
minimum clearance between the lower edge of the module and the ground shall be the higher of
(i) above highest flood level at the site and (ii) 600 mm.
For multiple module mounting structures located in a single row, the alignment of all modules shall
be within an error limit of maximum 10mm.
Civil foundation design for Module Mounting Structures (MMS) as well as control room, and
equipment room shall be made in accordance with the Indian Standard Codes and prevailing
soil conditions with the help of Chartered Structural Designer having substantial experience in
similar work. The Successful Bidder shall submit the detailed foundation & structural design
analysis along with calculations and bases/ standards in the Bid duly certified by a chartered
structural engineer.
Cable should be pass from Pipes and Cable-ties shall be used to hold and guide the Pipes
(cables/wires) from the modules to inverters or junction boxes. All the cables were aesthetically
tied to module mounting structure.
In case, String Monitoring Unit (SMU) is mounted on the Module Mounting structures, bidder to take
into consideration the load of SMU during design of MMS. Further suitable supporting members
for mounting the SMU on the MMS shall also be in the scope of the bidder. Separate structure
for the mounting of SMU can also be proposed.
Bidder must submit the all the quality test documents and test certificates complying with the
requirement of the structure.
The applicable codes and standards are as mentioned below.
Code of practice for the design loads for buildings and
IS 875: Part 1 & 2
structures

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 22 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Code of practice for the design loads for buildings and
IS 875: Part 3 structures-Wind Loads

Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building


IS 800: 2007
construction

Hot-dip zinc coatings on structural steel and other allied


IS-4759 products

IS 1868 Anodic Coatings on Aluminium and its Alloys

IS 1893: Earthquake resistant design

IS 513: Cold-rolled low carbon steel sheets

IS 814: Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding

Specification for Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy Bars,


Rods and Sections (for General Engineering Purposes)
IS 733:

IS 5523: Methods of testing anodic coatings on Aluminium and its alloys

6.2 Junction Box/ Combiner Box/String Monitoring Unit:

All junction/ combiner boxes including the string junction box, array junction box and main junction
box/ combiner box should be equipped with appropriate functionality, safety (including fuses,
grounding, contacts etc.) and protection.
The terminals will be connected to copper bus-bar arrangement of proper sizes to be provided. The
junction boxes will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of appropriate sizes
for both incoming and outgoing cables. Suitable markings shall be provided on the bus-bars for
easy identification and UV resistant cable ferrules will be fitted at the cable termination points for
identification.
The Junction Boxes shall have suitable arrangement for the followings:
Strings are required to be connected to the busbar through individual fuses.
Provide arrangement for disconnection for each of the groups.
Provide a test point for each sub-group for quick fault location and to provide group array
isolation.
Suitable space for workability and natural cooling.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 23 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Codes and Standards

CODES DESCRIPTION

UL 94 V Fire Resistant/ flammability

UL 746C UV Resistant

IEC 62262 Mechanical Impact Resistance

IS 2147/IEC 60529 Enclosure Protection

IEC 61643-12 Surge Protection

Enclosure for low voltage Switchgear and control gear


IEC 62208
assemblies

SMU shall be equipped (but not limited to) with the following:
DC Disconnector to disconnect the PV strings from the Inverter for maintenance
purpose.String fuses (one for each string) to prevent the reverse current flow.
Surge Protection Devices for protection against surge currents and voltages.
Current and Voltage measurement shall be shunt based sensors.
Other associated items like cable glands, lugs and items required for the protection and
completeness of the system.
Suitable communication link/ media /Interface to communicate the data to SCADA.
The following parameters shall be available at SCADA for monitoring the health of the
each PV string:
o String(s)Current
o Voltage of SMU
o Total current of SMU
o Total Power of SMU
o Status of Disconnector Switches
DC Surge Protection Devices (SPD):
The discharge capability of the SPD shall be at least 10kA at 8/20 micro second wave as per
IEC 61643-12. SPD shall have thermal disconnector to interrupt the surge current arising from
internal and external faults. In order to avoid the fire hazard due to possible DC arcing in the
SPD due to operation of thermal disconnector, the SPD shall be able to extinguish the arc.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 24 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
String Fuses
In order to provide protection to all cables and modules, string fuses shall be provided in both
positive and negative legs of the string cabling. However, in case of negative grounded
inverters, string fuse shall be provided in positive leg only as per recommendation of inverter
manufacturer. String fuses shall be of PV category and dedicated to solar applications and
conform to IEC 60269-6 or UL-2579 standards. String fuses should be so designed that it should
protect the modules from reverse current overload.
SMU enclosure
SMU enclosure shall be made of polycarbonate/FRP.SMU Enclosure shall satisfy the following
requirement
The enclosure shall be fire retardant with self-extinguishing property and free from
Halogen.
Degree of protection for enclosure shall be at least IP 65.
The enclosure shall be UV protected.
The mechanical impact resistance of enclosure shall be IK 07 or better.
The size of the enclosure shall be designed in such a way that the temperature rise of
the enclosure should not more than 30 deg C above the ambient temp of 50 deg C. The
components mounted inside the SMU shall have higher temperature withstand capability
and shall continuously operate under such conditions. Contractor shall furnish the design
calculation for temperature rise for owners approval.
In each SMU 5% spare terminals (along with cable glands) rounded off to next higher
integer shall be provided to connect the PV strings.
All terminals blocks shall be rated for min 1000V and rated continuously to carry
maximum expected current.
In case, SMU is proposed to be mounted on the MMS structure, the additional load of the
SMU shall be considered for the design of structure.
All internal wiring shall be carried out with 1100V grade stranded copper wires. All internal wiring
shall be securely supported, neatly arranged readily accessible and connected to component
terminals and terminal blocks. Wire terminations shall be made with solder less crimping type of
tinned copper lugs, which firmly grip the conductor and insulation. Insulated sleeves shall be
provided at all the wire terminations. Engraved core identification plastic ferrules marked to

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 25 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall fit
tightly on wires shall not fall off when the wire is disconnected from terminal blocks.
DC plug-in connectors for field cabling
Cable connector to be used for connecting SPV modules and String monitoring boxes shall be
In accordance with DIN EN 50521. Connector shall be of plug and socket design to be plugged
together by hand but can be separated again using a tool only.
The rating of all component of JBs shall be suitable with adequate factor of safety to inter connect
the Solar PV array.
The junction boxes shall be dust, vermin, and waterproof and made of thermoplastic/ metallic in
compliance with IEC 62208, which should be sunlight/ UV resistive as well as fire retardant &
must have minimum protection to IP65 (Outdoor)/ IP21 (indoor) and Protection Class II.
The Array Junction Box will also have suitable surge protection. In addition, over voltage protection
shall be provided between positive and negative conductor and earth ground such as Surge
Protection Device (SPD). The maintenance free earthing shall be done as per the relevant
standards.
Each Array Junction Box will have suitable Reverse Blocking Diodes of maximum DC blocking
voltage of 1000V with suitable arrangement for its connecting. The bypass & reverse blocking
diodes should work for temperature extremes and should have efficiency of 99.98%, confirmed
by appropriate IEC standards.
Adequate capacity solar DC fuses & isolating miniature circuit breakers should be provided if
required.
Details of junction box specifications and data sheet, including all components, shall be provided in
the Bid document. Bidder shall provide all the test reports/ test certificates and compliance
certificates before installation at site. If the type test are not done previously shall be conducted
free of cost by the contractor and report shall be furnished for owners /employers review.

6.3 Power Conditioning Unit (PCU)

Power Conditioning Unit (PCU)/ Inverter shall consist of an electronic inverter along with associated
control, protection and data logging devices.The rating of each PCU shall not be less than 750
kVA and the combined kVA rating of all the PCUs shall not be less than 70000 kVA at maximum
operating temperature.
The rated power of inverters shall be AC output of the inverter at 50 oC. Hence, the maximum
AC power output at 50oC should not be less than the rated capacity of the inverter.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 26 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The inverter supplied shall have minimum of 10% additional DC input Capacity. (E.g. Inverter is
supplied with rated capacity of 750 kW (AC) shall accept at least 825 kW of DC power).
All PCUs should consist of associated control, protection and data logging devices and remote
monitoring hardware and compatible with software used for string level monitoring.
Dimension and weight of the PCU shall be indicated by the Bidder in the offer.
Only those PCUs/ Inverters which are commissioned for more than 300 MW capacity solar PV
projects till date in India shall be considered for this project. Bidder has to provide sufficient
information to the satisfaction of the Employer before placing the final order for PCUs/Inverters.
The minimum European efficiency of the inverter shall be 98% load as per IEC 61683 standard for
measuring efficiency. The Bidder shall specify the conversion efficiency of different loads i.e.
25%, 50%, 75% and 100% in its offer. The Bidder should specify the overload capacity in the
bid.Maximum input voltage to the PCU shall be 1000 V DC and it shall have Total Harmonic
Distortion (THD) less than 3%.
The PCU shall be tropicalized and design shall be compatible with conditions prevailing at site.
Provision of exhaust fan with proper ducting for cooling of PCUs should be incorporated in the
PCUs, keeping in mind the extreme climatic condition of the site.
The inverters shall have minimum protection to IP 65(Outdoor)/IP 21(indoor) and Protection Class II.
Nuts & bolts and the PCU enclosure shall have to be adequately protected taking into consideration
the atmosphere and weather prevailing in the area.
Grid Connectivity: Relevant CERC regulations and grid code as amended and revised from time to
time shall be complied. The system shall incorporate a uni- directional inverter and should be
designed to supply the AC power to the grid at load end. The power conditioning unit shall adjust
the voltage & frequency levels to suit the Grid.
All three phases shall be supervised with respect to rise/fall in programmable threshold values of
frequency.
The inverter output shall always follow the grid in terms of voltage and frequency. This shall be
achieved by sensing the grid voltage and phase and feeding this information to the feedback
loop of the inverter. Thus control variable then controls the output voltage and frequency of the
inverter, so that inverter is always synchronized with the grid. The inverter shall be self-
commutated with Pulse width modulation (PWM) technology. This should be capable of
synchronize maximum within 1 Minute.

6.4 Operational Requirements for Inverter/ PCU

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 27 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The PCU must have the feature to work in tandem with other similar PCU's and be able to be
successively switched "ON" and "OFF" automatically based on solar radiation variations during
the day.
The PCU shall be capable of controlling power factor dynamically.
Maximum power point tracker (MPPT) shall be integrated in the power conditioner unit to maximize
energy drawn from the Solar PV array. The MPPT should be microprocessor based to minimize
power losses. The details of working mechanism of MPPT shall be mentioned by the Bidder in
its offer. The MPPT unit shall confirm to IEC 62093 for design qualification.
The system shall automatically wake up in the morning and begin to export power provided there is
sufficient solar energy and the grid voltage and frequency is in range.
Sleep Mode: Automatic sleep mode shall be provided so that unnecessary losses are minimized at
night. The power conditioner must also automatically re-enter standby mode when threshold of
standby mode reached.
Stand By Mode: The control system shall continuously monitor the output of the solar power plant
until pre-set value is exceeded & that value to be indicated.
Basic System Operation (Full Auto Mode): The control system shall continuously monitor the
output of the solar power plant until pre-set value is exceeded & that value to be indicated.
PCU shall have provisions/features to allow interfacing with monitoring software and hardware
devices.

6.5 Protection against faults for PCU

The PCU shall include appropriate self-protective and self-diagnostic feature to protect itself and
the PV array from damage in the event of PCU component failure or from parameters beyond
the PCUs safe operating range due to internal or external causes. The self-protective features
shall not allow signals from the PCU front panel to cause the PCU to be operated in a manner
which may be unsafe or damaging. Faults due to malfunctioning within the PCU, including
commutation failure, shall be cleared by the PCU protective devices. In addition, it shall have
following minimum protection against various possible faults.
Grounding Leakage Faults: The PCU shall have the required protection arrangements against
grounding leakage faults.
Over Voltage & Current: In addition, over voltage protection shall be provided between positive and
negative conductor and earth ground such as Surge Protection Devices (SPD) conforming to
IEC 61643-12 and shall have discharge capability of atleast 10 kA at 8/20 micro second wave.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 28 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
PCU shall have arrangement for adjusting DC input current and should trip against sustainable fault
downstream and shall not start till the fault is rectified.
Galvanic Isolation: The PCU inverter shall have provision for galvanic isolation.
Each solid state electronic device shall have to be protected to ensure long life of the inverter as well
as smooth functioning of the inverter.
Anti-islanding (Protection against Islanding of grid): The PCU shall have anti islanding protection.
(IEEE 1547/UL 1741/ equivalent BIS standard) IEC 62116
Unequal Phases: The system shall tend to balance unequal phase voltage (with 3- phase systems).
Reactive Power: The output power factor of the PCU should be of suitable range to supply or sink
reactive power. The PCU shall have internal protection arrangement against any sustained fault
in the feeder line and against lightning in the feeder line.
Isolation: The PCU shall have provision for input & output isolation. Each solid- state electronic
device shall have to be protected to ensure long life as well as smooth functioning of the PCU.
All inverters/ PCUs shall be three phase using static solid state components. DC lines shall have
suitably rated isolators to allow safe start up and shut down of the system. Fuses & Circuit
breakers used in the DC lines must be rated suitably.

6.6 Standards & Compliances

PCU shall confirm to the following standards and appropriately certified by the labs:
Efficiency measurement: IEC 61683
Environmental Testing: IEC 60068-2 or IEC 62093
EMC, harmonics, etc.: IEC 61000 series relevant parts
Electrical safety: IEC 62109 (1&2), EN 50178 or equivalent
Recommended practice for PV
Utility interconnections: IEEE standard 929 2000 or equivalent
Protection against
Islanding of grid: IEEE1547/ UL1741/ IEC 62116 or equivalent
Grid Connectivity: Relevant CEA/ CERC regulation and grid code
(amended up to date)
Technical guidelines for generating plant : BDEW 2008
connected to medium voltage network
Reliability test standard: IEC 62093 or equivalent

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 29 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The Bidder should select the inverter (Central) as per its own system design so as to optimize the
power output and as per best international practice.

Desired Technical Specifications of PCU.


Sinusoidal current modulation with excellent dynamic response.
Compact and weather proof housing (indoor/ outdoor)
Comprehensive network management functions (including the LVRT and capability to
inject reactive power to the grid)
No load loss < 1% of rated power and maximum loss in sleep mode shall be less than
0.05%
VAR control
Unit wise & integrated Data logging
Dedicated Prefabs / Ethernet for networking
The other technical specifications required as under:

Nominal Output Frequency 50Hz

Power Factor Control Range > = 0.95 lead or lag


Maximum Input voltage 1000 V DC
THD Less than 3% at nominal load
Ambient temperature 0 to 55 Celsius
Humidity 95 % non-condensing
Maximum Noise Level 75 dB
DC injection Less than 0.5% of nominal load current
Flicker As per IEC 61000
Enclosure IP 20 (Indoor)/ IP 65 (Outdoor)

Inverter/ Power Condition unit must provide protection against:


Over current
Sync loss
Over temperature
DC bus over voltage
Cooling Fan failure (If provided)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 30 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Short circuit
Lightning
Earth fault
Surge voltage induced at output due to external source
Inverter/ Power Condition Unit must have provisions for:
Power regulation in the event of thermal overloading
Set point pre-selection for VAR control
Bus communication via -interface for integration
Remote control via telephone modem or mini web server
Integrated protection in the DC and three phase system
Insulation monitoring of the PV array with sequential fault location
Ground fault detector which is essential for large PV generators in view of appreciable discharge
current with respect to ground.
Over voltage protection against atmospheric lightning discharge to the PV array is required.
The power conditioner must be entirely self-managing and stable in operation.
A self-diagnostic system check should occur on start up. Functions should include a test of key
parameters on start up.
PCU/inverter front panel shall be provided with display (LCD or equivalent) to monitor , but not
limited to, the following:
DC power input
DC input voltage
DC Current
AC power output
AC voltage (all the 3 phases and line)
AC current (all the 3 phases and line)
Power Factor
Documentary Requirements & Inspection
The bill of materials associated with PCUs should be clearly indicated while delivering
the equipment.
The Contractor shall provide to the Employer, data sheet containing detailed technical
specifications of all the inverters and PCUs. Operation & Maintenance manual should be
furnished by the Bidder before dispatch of PCUs.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 31 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The Employer or its authorized representative reserves the right to inspect the PCUs/
Inverters at the manufacturers site prior to dispatch.
Earthing of Inverters:
DC side of each inverter shall be earthed to distinct earth pit through adequate size conductor
as per IS 3043-1987. The size of conductor shall be as per the maximum fault current of DC
system.
6.6.14 Ventilation:

To prevent the maximum permissible temperature in the inverter room from being exceeded
because of internal heat emission of inverters and other auxiliaries in the inverter room, the
inverter room in the PV station shall be adequately ventilated.
The Ventilation plant capacity and air quality of inverter room shall be as per inverter and
other auxiliaries manufacturers recommendations. Filter banks at the air inlet of the inverter
room shall be provided to prevent dust ingress.

6.6.15 Type Test:


Test reports needs to be submitted for owners/employers review. If type tests are not
conducted previously then the type tests shall be conducted free of cost by the contractor.

6.7 Cable and Wires

All cables and connectors for use for installation of solar field must be of solar grade which can
withstand harsh environment conditions including High temperatures, UV radiation, rain,
humidity, dirt, burial and attack by rodents, moss and microbes for 25 years and voltages as per
latest IEC standards. (Note: DC cables for outdoor installations should comply with the TUV
2PfG 1169/09.07 for service life expectancy of 25 years).

Insulation: For all DC cables exposed to atmosphere, outer sheath of cables shall be electron
beam cross-linked XLPO type and black in colour. In addition, Cable drum no. / Batch no. to be
embossed/ printed at every one meter. Cable Jacket should also be electron beam cross-linked
XLPO, flame retardant (FRLS), UV resistant and black in colour.

Wires with sufficient amp city and parameters shall be designed and used so that maximum
voltage-drop at full power from the PV modules to inverter should be less than 1.5% (including
diode voltage drop). Successful Bidder shall provide voltage drop calculations in excel sheet.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 32 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. No cable joint to join two cable ends shall be
accepted. All wires used on the LT side shall conform to IS and should be of appropriate voltage
grade. Only copper conductor wires compliant with IEC 60228, Class 5 of reputed make shall be
used for all the DC cables exposed to atmosphere. However, for buried DC cables, 1.1kV
Armoured Al cables can also be used.

All high voltage cables connecting the main junction box/string inverters to the transformers
should be PVC insulated grade conforming to IS 1554 and cables shall also conform to IEC
60189 for test and measuring the methods.

Cable terminations shall be made with suitable cable lugs & sockets etc., crimped properly and
passed through brass compression type cable glands at the entry & exit point of the cubicles.

All cable/wires shall be provided with UV resistant printed ferrules for DC side however, for HT
cables, punched/ embossed aluminium tags can be used. The marking on tags shall be done
with good quality letter and number ferrules of proper sizes so that the cables can be identified
easily.

The wiring for modules interconnection shall be in the GI pipe /HD Pipe of approved make. All
the cables, if not armoured, shall be in HD conduits of appropriate sizes.

6.8 Switchboard box / DC Distribution Box (DCDB) / AC Distribution Box (ACDB) panels

Successful Bidder shall provide sufficient no. of switchboards / DCDB / ACDB wherever
required.
All boxes/ panels should be equipped with appropriate functionality, safety (including fuses,
grounding, etc.) and protection.
The terminals will be connected to bus-bar arrangement of proper sizes to be provided. The
panels/ boxes will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of appropriate sizes
for both incoming and outgoing cables. The boxes shall have 5% of the terminals or the nearest
integer on higher side as spares.
Adequate rating fuses at cable entry & isolating miniature circuit breakers should be provided
The panels/ boxes shall have suitable arrangement for the followings:
Provide arrangement for disconnection

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 33 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Provide a test point for quick fault location
To provide isolation
The current carrying rating of the boxes/ panels shall be suitable with adequate safety
factor
The rating of the boxes/ panels shall be suitable with adequate safety factor to inter
connect to the local/ internal grid
Thermal/ heat dissipation arrangement/ Vent for safe operation.
The boxes/ panels shall be dust, vermin, and waterproof and made of thermoplastic/ metallic in
compliance with IEC 62208, which should be sunlight/ UV resistive as well as fire retardant &
must have minimum protection to IP 65(Outdoor)/ IP 20(indoor) and Protection Class II.
All panels/ boxes shall be provided with adequately rated bus-bar, incoming control, outgoing
control etc. as a separate compartment inside the panel to meet the requirements of the Chief
Electrical Inspector General (CEIG). All live terminals and bus bars shall be shrouded. The
outgoing terminals shall be suitable to receive suitable runs and size of cables required for the
Inverter/Transformer rating.
The boxes/ panels must be grounded properly to ensure all safety related measures for safe
operation.

6.9 Lightening Protection for PV Array

The source of over voltage can be lightning or other atmospheric disturbance. Main aim of
lightning protection is to reduce the over voltage to a tolerable level before it reaches the PV or
other sub-system components. The lightning arrester shall be of ESE type as per NFC 17-102
or equivalent and shall be placed strategically in the field to protect the complete area enclosed
by the boundary and at the same time shall not cast shadow on the solar modules.
Necessary foundation / anchoring for holding the lightning conductor in position to be made after
giving due consideration to shadow on PV array, maximum wind speed and maintenance
requirement at site in future.
The lightning conductor shall be earthed through flats and connected to the grounding mats as
per applicable Indian Standards with earth pits. Three earth pits shall be provided for each
lightening arrestor. Each lightning conductor shall be fitted with individual earth pit as per
required Standards including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with cast iron cover
plate having locking arrangement, watering pipe using charcoal or coke and salt as required as
per provisions of IS.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 34 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The Bidder shall submit the drawings and detailed specifications of the PV array lightning
protection equipment to Employer for review before installation of system.

6.10 Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant Electrical System

The technical requirements of design, manufacture, testing at works, supply, installation testing
& commissioning of all electrical equipment's required for the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant
starting from the local control panel of Plant and up to the Grid tie up with the State grid
including all control protection, metering equipment, step up generator voltage transform,
indoor/outdoor switchgears and outdoor switchyard as per NTPC and SPIA requirements and
balance of equipment, but not limited to, complete in all respect shall be of high standard and
quality meeting the requirement of respective Indian standard (following table). The brief
particulars and requirement of equipment is as under-
IS/IEC Reference Specification
IEC-298 A.C. Metal enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV and
including 72.5KV
IS-3427 A.C. Metal enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV and
including 52KV.
IS-8623 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear assemblies.
IS-13118/ IEC-56 Specification for High Voltage AC Circuit Breakers.
IEC-529 Degrees of Protection.
IS-5578 & 11353 Making and arrangement for switchgear bus bar main connections and
auxiliary wiring.
IS-325 Specification for 3 Phase Induction motors.
IS-2629 Recommended practice for not dip galvanizing of iron and steel.
IEC-137 Bushing for AC Voltages.
IS-3347 Porcelain Transformer Bushings.
IS-5561 Terminal Connectors
IS-3156 Voltage Transformers
IS-2705 Current Transformers
IS-3231 Electric relays for power protection.
IS-13010 Watt hour meters
IS-13779 Static Energy Meters
IS-8686 Static Protection Relays

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 35 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
IS-1248 Electrical measuring instruments
IS-2099 High Voltage Porcelain Bushings.
IS-10118 Minimum clearances for Outdoor Switchgear.
IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control gear.
IEC-60255 & Numerical Relays
IEC-61330

6.11 Step-Up Transformer (Inverter duty Transformer)

Each step up transformer shall be 3 phase, 50 Hz. The combined kVA rating of all the transformers
at each site connected at pooling station shall not be less than equivalent combined kWp
capacity of the PV modules at corresponding site. VA rating & quantity and Voltage ratio shall be
based on system requirements of NTPC and SPIA and Single Line Diagram (SLD). Rating of
each transformer shall be standard type so that the required Type Test certificates are readily
available. Bidder is required to provide the type test certificate for the transformer used.
The noise level shall be in accordance to NEMA TR-1. Transformer shall have Off Circuit Tap
Changer with tapings of at least + 5% to 10% with individual steps of 1.5%. The vector group,
impedance, bushing rating, HV/ LV termination & neutral earthing shall also meet the system
requirement & shall also be in line with standards as mentioned in this specification. Air
clearance shall be in line with Central Board of Irrigation and Power (CBIP) norms. Suitable
Bushing CTs shall be provided to meet the system protection requirement. Transformer shall be
in accordance to IS: 2026 or equivalent to any other international standard.
General requirement for the transformers shall be as per below:
Standards Relevance
IS: 2026 (Part 1 to 4) Specifications for Power Transformer
IS: 10028 Selection, installation and maintenance of transfromer.
IS: 2099 Bushings for alternating voltage above 1000 V
IS: 3639 Fittings and accessories for power transformer
IEC: 60076 (Part 1 to 5) Specifications for Power Transformer
IS: 9921 Part 1 to 5 Alternating currents dis connectors (isolators) and earthing
switches rating, design, construction, tests etc.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 36 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
IS: 2705 Part 1 to 4 Current transformer
& IEC: 60185
IS: 3156 Part 1 to 4 Voltage Transformer
IS: 3070 part 1 to 3 Lightning arrestors
IS: 2544 Porcelain insulators for system above 1000 V
IS: 5350 Part III post insulator units for systems greater than 1000V
IS: 5621 Hollow Insulators for use in electrical equipment
IS: 5556 Serrated lock washers specification
IS: 3637 Gas operated relays
IS: 4257 Dimensions for clamping arrangements for porcelain transformer
bushings

IS: 335 New insulating oils

IS: 6600 Guide for loading of oil immersed transformer

The Bidder shall provide the complete turnkey design, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
transformers and transformer substation to first step-up the output of the inverter to voltage level
as per design requirement at detailed engineering stage, at the location of the inverter where the
power is collected at the common location and where it shall be stepped-up to voltage level as
per NTPC and SPIA requirements through step-up transformers. The power, through outdoor
switchyard shall be evacuated to the RVPN pooling substation through XPLE cable/overhead
line as per NTPC and SPIA requirements.
Power Transformers utilized shall be 3 phase, Oil Filled, 50 Hz and associated Switchgear of
approved make. Power at first step-up level is collected and stepped up to second step-up
voltage level as per NTPC and SPIA requirements by step-up transformers of oil filled type, 50
Hz. Hence evacuated to the RVPN substation through associated switchgear of approved
make. First ste-up level transformer can be off-load tap change type and second step-up level
transformers must be On-load tap change type with 1.5% in 10 steps. RTCC panel should be
provided in control room.
All the transformers shall be suitable for outdoor installation with 3 phase 50Hz in which the neutral
is effectively earthed and they should be suitable for service under fluctuations in supply voltage
up to plus 10% to minus 15%.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 37 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
Cumulative loss in the system shall be within 1.5%.
Transformer shall be complete & functional in all respect and shall be in scope of supplier.
The other important construction particulars shall be as below.
The Transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from high grade low carbon plate
steel of tested quality. The tank and the cover shall be of welded construction and there
should be provision for lifting by crane.
A double float type Buchholz relay conforming to IS: 3637 shall be provided.
Suitable Inspection hole(s) with welded flange(s) and bolted cover(s) shall be provided
on the tank cover. The inspection hole(s) shall be of sufficient size to afford easy access
to the lower ends of the bushings, terminals etc.
All bolted connections to the tank shall be fitted with suitable oil-tight gaskets which shall
give satisfactory service under the operating conditions for complete life of the
transformer if not opened for maintenance at site
The transformer shall be provided with conventional single compartment conservator.
The top of the conservator shall be connected to the atmosphere through indicating type
cobalt free silica gel breather (in transparent enclosure). Silica gel shall be isolated from
atmosphere by an oil seal.
Transformer shall have Oil Temperature Indicator and Winding temperature Indicator with accuracy
class of +/-2 deg.
The radiators shall be detachable type, mounted on the tank with shut off valve at each
point of connection to the tank, lifts, along with drain plug/valve at the bottom and air
release plug at the top.
Marshaling Box shall be of sheet steel, dust and vermin proof provided with proper
lighting and thermostatically controlled space heaters. The degree of protection shall be
IP 65. Marshalling Box of all transformers shall be preferably Tank Mounted. One dummy
terminal block in between each trip wire terminal shall be provided. 20% spare terminals
shall be provided on each panel. The gasket used shall be of neoprene rubber. Also
Marshalling Box, shall be at least 450 mm above ground level. Wiring scheme (TB
details) shall be engraved in a stainless steel plate with viewable font size and the same
shall be fixed inside the Marshaling Box door.
Windings:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 38 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
The bidder shall ensure that windings of all transformers are made in dust proof &
conditioned atmosphere.
The conductors shall be of electrolytic grade copper free from scales & burrs.
All windings of the transformers shall have uniform insulation.
Tapping shall be so arranged as to preserve the magnetic balance of the transformer at
all voltage ratio.
Core:
The core shall be constructed from non-ageing, cold rolled, super grain oriented silicon
steel laminations equivalent to M4 grade steels or better.
Core isolation level shall be 2 kV (rms.) for 1 minute in air.
Adequate lifting lugs will be provided to enable the core & windings to be lifted.

Insulating oil:
No inhibitors shall be used in the transformer oil. The oil supplied with transformers shall be new
and previously unused and must conform to relevant IS standards while tested at supplier's
premises.

Bushings:
Bushing below 52 kV shall be oil-communicating type with porcelain insulator.
No arcing horns to be provided on the bushings.
Inverter Transformer LV bushing palms shall be silver/tin plated.

Bushing CTs:
Shall be of adequate rating for protection as required, WTI etc. All CTs (except WTI) shall be
mounted in the turret of bushings, mounting inside the tank is not permitted.All CT terminals
shall be provided as fixed type terminals on the M. Box to avoid any hazard due to loose
connection leading to CT opening. In no circumstances Plug In type connectors shall be used
for CT.

Valves:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 39 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
All valves upto and including 50 mm shall be of gunmetal or of cast steel. Larger valves may be
of gunmetal or may have cast iron bodies with gunmetal fittings. Sampling & drain valves should
have zero leakage rate.

Gaskets:
Gasket shall be fitted with weather proof, hot oil resistant, rubberized cork gasket.
If gasket is compressible, metallic stops shall be provided to prevent over compression.
The gaskets shall not deteriorate during the life of transformer if not opened for
maintenance at site. All joints flanged or welded associated with oil shall be such that no
oil leakage or sweating occurs during the life of transformer. The quality of these joints is
considered established, only if the joints do not exhibit any oil leakage or sweating for a
continuous period of at least 3 months during the guarantee period. In case any sweating
/ leakage is observed; contractor shall rectify the same & establish for a further period of
3 months of the same. If it is not established during the guaranteed period, the
guaranteed period shall be extended until the performance is established.
Neutral Earthing Arrangement:
Neutral earthing shall be done as per system requirement and SLD. In case of solidly earthed
neutral of Transformers, it shall be brought through insulated support from tank to the ground
level at a convenient point with 2 nos. copper flat, for connection to ground network (as
applicable).
The fittings mentioned are only indicative and other fittings, which generally are required for
satisfactory operation of the transformers, are deemed to be included.

Tests and Inspection:


All the transformers used for the plant must be type tested and the reports must be submitted to
Employer for review before dispatch. If the contractor uses a custom made transformer then the
contractor must ensure the type tests are to be conducted separatelty at free of cost to
Employer for the transformer(s) and reports must be furnished. These reports should be for the
tests conducted on the equipment similar to those proposed to be supplied under this contract
and test(s) should have been either conducted at an independent laboratory or should have
been witnessed by a client.
S.No ROUTINE TESTS

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 40 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
All routine test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60076.

1. Measurement of Voltage Ratio & phase displacement (as per IEC 60076-1)

2. Measurement of winding resistance on all the taps (as per IEC 60076-1)

3. Vector group and Polarity Check (as per IEC 60076-1)

4. Magnetic Balance and Magnetising Current Test

5. Measurement of no load current with 415 V, 50 Hz AC supply

Measurement of no load losses and current at 90%, 100% & 110% of rated voltage
6.
(as per IEC 60076-1)

7. Load Loss & Short Circuit Impedance Measurement on principal & Extreme Taps

8. IR measurement (As per IEC 60076-1)

Measurement of capacitance & tan delta to determine capacitance between winding &
9.
earth.

10. Separate Source Voltage Withstand Test (as per IEC 60076-3)

11. Induced overvoltage test

12. Repeat no load current/loss & IR after completion of all electrical test

Oil leakage test on completely assembled transformer along with radiators (as per
13.
relevant clause of this sub section)

14. Jacking test followed by D.P. test

Marshalling Box/Cable box: It shall not be possible to insert a thin sheet of paper
15.
under gaskets and through enclosure joints.

16. IR measurement on wiring of Marshalling Box.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 41 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
S.No TYPE TESTS

Temperature Rise test at a tap corresponding to maximum losses as per IEC 60076.
Gas Chromatography shall be conducted on oil sample taken before & immediately
1.
after temp. rise test. Gas analysis shall be as per IS: 9434 (based on IEC: 60567),
results will be interpreted as per IS: 10593 (based on IEC: 60599).

2. Measurement of harmonics of no load current (special test)

3. Measurement of acoustic noise level as per NEMA TR-1 (special test)

4. Tank Vacuum & Pressure Test (as per CBI norms)

Oil Leakage test on assembled Transformer (ROUTINE TEST)


All tank & oil filled compartment shall be tested for oil tightness by being completely filled
with oil of viscosity not greater than that of specified oil at the ambient temperature &
applying pressure equal to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/sq. m measured at the base
of the tank. The pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than 6 hours during
which time no sweating shall occur.
Fire Fighting arrangements for Transformers shall be provided if applicable as per
statutory requirements.
Firewall as applicable (as per IS 3034) shall be provided of minimum 230 mm thickness
of RCC wall subject to SJVN review and approval.

6.12 General Standards for electrical design, supply and construction

The equipment and accessories covered by this specification shall be designed, manufactured and
tested in accordance with the latest relevant standards and codes of practice published by the
relevant IS codes as applicable.

All electrical equipment and installation shall confirm to the latest Indian Electricity Rules as regards
safety, earthing and other essential provisions specified for installation and operation of
electrical plants. Relevant national and international standards in this connection shall be
followed with proper justification of application.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 42 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
All working parts, insofar as possible, are to be arranged for convenience of operation, inspection,
lubrication and ease of replacement with minimum downtime. All parts of equipment or of
duplicate equipment offered shall be interchangeable.

The quality of materials of construction and the workmanship of the finished products / components
shall be in accordance with the highest standard and practices adopted for the equipment
covered by the specification.

All items of equipment and materials shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted in accordance with
relevant Indian Standards. The finish paint shall be done with two coats of epoxy based final
paint of colour Shade RAL 7032 of IS: 5 for indoor equipment.

Any fitting or accessories which may not have been specifically mentioned in the specification but
which are usual or necessary in the equipment of similar plant or for efficient working of the plant
shall be deemed to be included in the contract and shall be provided by the Contractor without
extra charges. All plant and apparatus shall be complete in all details whether such details are
mentioned in the specifications or not.

All equipment shall be designed for operation in tropical humid climate at the required capacity.
The reference parameters for which the transformers are to be designed are as under:-

A. Maximum ambient temperature 50oC


B. Maximum daily average ambient temp 40oC
C. Maximum yearly weighted average ambient temp 40oC
D. Minimum ambient air temperature(Cooling) -3oC

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 43 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)
E. Climatic Conditions
a. Max.- Min. Relative Humidity 100% - 5%
b. Yearly Avg. number of thunder storms 30-50
c. Average Number of rainy days 60 days
d. Fog Subjected to Fog in winter
e. Dust storms Occur frequently
f. Average Annual rain fall 1.715 cm
g. Maximum wind speed 6.2 m/s

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 44 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

6.13 Ratings and specifications (InverterTransformer)

The typical rating and electrical characteristics of the inverter transformer shall be as
under however, the ratings may vary subjected to detailed engineering design by the
bidder and relevant to the respective IS codes:

Particulars Inverter Transformer


Continuous kVA ratings As per design
Type Oil immersed
Frequency 50 Hz
Type of cooling Oil Natural Air Natural (ONAN)
No. of phases 3 (Three)
Rating voltage H.V. side 11 kV
Highest System voltage on H.V. side 12 kV r.m.s.
Rated voltage on L.V. side 0.433 kV r.m.s.
Vector Group DyN11
Connections Appropriate as per design calculations
a. H.V. Winding Delta
Star with Neutral solidly earthed or as per
b. L.V. winding
prevailing grid code
On load taps on H.V. Side (for H.V. + 5 to 10.0 % (in steps of 1.5%)
Variation)
Impedance voltage (%)as per IS 2026 4%
LV side Cables/ Bus Duct with weather proof
Transformer connections enclosure as per design
HV Side Bushing with enclosure

6.14 Ratings and specifications (Second Step-up Power Transformer)

The rating and electrical characteristics of the Outdoor type transformer (typical) shall be
as under, however, the ratings may vary subjected to design and relevant to the
respective IS codes:

Particulars Second Step-up Power Transformer Specification


Continuous kVA ratings As per design requirement
Type Oil immersed
Frequency 50 Hz
Type of cooling Oil Natural Air Natural
No. of phases 3 (Three)
Rating voltage H.V. side As per design requirement
Highest System voltage on H.V. side As per design requirement
Rated voltage on L.V. side As per design requirement

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 45 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Vector Group DyN11


Connections As per design requirement
a. H.V. Winding Delta
Star with Neutral solidly earthed or as per
b. L.V. winding
prevailing grid code
On load taps on H.V. Side (for H.V.
+ 5 to 10.0 % (in steps of 1.25%)
Variation)
Impedance voltage (%)as per IS 2026 9%

LV side Cables/ Bus Duct with weather proof


enclosure as per design
Transformer connections
HV Side Bushing with enclosure adaptable for
transmission line (as per design

6.15 Auxiliary transformer

The transformer used for auxiliary distribution within the plant must be in accordance with
the reference standards. The ratings of the transformer shall be suitably designed by the
bidder to have minimum auxillary consumption. The bidder must furnish the auxiliary load
details and guaranteed technical particulars of the auxiliary transformer along with the bid.
Note :-
Auxiliary transformers shall be suitable for 3 phase, 4 wire system with additional LVN
bushing for equipment earthing.

6.16 Instrument Transformer

The instrument transformers i.e. current and voltage transformers shall be single phase units
and shall be supplied with a common marshalling box for a set of three single phase units.
The tank as well as top metallic shall be hot dip galvanized or painted Grey colour as per
RAL 9002.
The instrument transformers shall be oil filled hermetically sealed units. The instrument
transformers shall be provided with filling and drain plugs.
Polarity marks shall indelibly be marked on each instrument transformer and at the lead
terminals at the associated terminal block. The insulators shall have cantilever strength of
more than 500 kg.
Current Transformer, Voltage Transformer, Circuit Breaker and Relays should match RVPN
requirements.

6.17 Current Transformer

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 46 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Current transformers may be either of the bushing type or wound type. The bushing types are
normally accommodated within the transformer bushings and the wound types are
invariably separately mounted. The location of the current transformer with respect to
associated circuit breaker has an important bearing upon the protection scheme as well as
layout of, substation. Current transformer class and ratio is determined by electrical
protection, metering consideration.
Technical specifications Current ratings, design, Temperature rise and testing etc. should be
in accordance with IS: 2705 (part I to IV)
The current transformer should be of indoor/outdoor for first step up voltage level and outdoor
type for second step-up level switchgears, single phase, oil immersed, self-cooled and
suitable for operation in 3 phase solidly grounded system.
Each current transformers should have the following particulars under the site conditions for the
system under design.
General Parameters: 11 kV CT
Particulars Details
Highest system Voltage (Um) 12 kV rms
Rated frequency 50 Hz
System Neutral Earthing Effective earthed
Installation Indoor (IP 20)
Rated short time thermal current 25 kA for 1 sec or appropriate thermal current as
per design calculations
Rated dynamic current 63 kA (Peak) appropriate dynamic current as per
design calculations
Rated min power frequency 28 kV
withstand voltage (rms value)
Rated lightning impulse 75 kV
withstand voltage (peak value)
Partial discharge level 10 pico Coulombs max.
Temperature rise As per IEC 60044
Type of insulation Class A
Number of cores Two (2) with One protection core and one metering
core of accuracy 0.5 class
CT secondary current Protection cores 1 Amp.
Metering Core 1 Amp
Number of terminals in All terminals of control circuits wired up to

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 47 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

marshalling box marshalling box plus 20% terminals spare


CT ratio & Rated VA Burden, Minimum burden required :
short time thermal rating ,class 1. Metering core 40 VA
of accuracy
2. Protection core 10 VA

Type tests
The following tests are type tests conforming IS/IEC 60044-1:2003 :
Short-time current tests
Temperature rise test
Lightning impulse test
Switching impulse test
Wet test for outdoor type transformers
Determination of errors
Radio interference voltage measurement (RIV)
Test reports needs to be submitted for owners/employers review. However if the test is not
conducted previously, then test shall be conducted free of cost by the contractor.
Routine tests
The following tests apply to each individual transformers conforming IS/IEC 60044-1:2003 :
Verification of terminal markings
Power-frequency withstand test on primary winding
Partial discharge measurement
Power-frequency withstand test on secondary windings
Power-frequency withstand tests, between sections
Inter-turn overvoltage test
Determination of errors
The order of the tests is not standardized, but determination of errors shall be performed
after the other tests. Repeated power-frequency tests on primary windings should be
performed at 80 % of the specified test voltage.
Special tests
The following tests are performed upon agreement between manufacturer and purchaser:
Chopped lightning impulse test
Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor
Multiple chopped impulse test on primary winding
Mechanical tests.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 48 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Measurement of transmitted overvoltages

6.18 Voltage Transformer

Voltage transformers shall be electro-magnetic (EMU) type and shall comprise of compensating
reactor, intermediate transformer, and protective and damping devices. The oil level
indicator of EMU with danger level marking shall be clearly visible to maintenance
personnel standing on ground.
The secondary shall be protected by 3A HRC cartridge type fuses for all windings. In addition
fuses shall also be provided for protection and metering windings. The secondary terminals
shall be terminated on stud type non- disconnecting terminal blocks via the fuse inside the
terminal box of degree of protection IP 55. The access to secondary terminals shall be
without the danger of access to high voltage circuit.
The accuracy of metering core shall be maintained through the entire burden range up to 75 VA
on all three windings without any adjustments during operations.
The PTs should be single phase oil immersed self -cooled type suitable for outdoor.
The core should be of high grade non ageing electrical silicon laminated steel of high
permeability. The PTs should be hermetically sealed to eliminate breathing and prevent air
and moisture entering the tank.
Each voltage transformers should have the following particulars under the site conditions for the
system under design
General Parameters: First step-up voltage level VT
Particulars Details
Highest system voltage (Um) As per design requirement
System neutral earthing effective earthed
Installation Indoor (IP 20)
System fault level Appropriate
Rated min power frequency withstand As per design requirement
voltage (rms value)
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage As per design requirement
(peak value)
Standard reference range of frequencies for 96% to 102% for protection
which the accuracy are valid 99% to 101% for measurement
Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous & 1.5 for 30 sec
Class of Accuracy 0.5 / 3P
Minimum Creepage distance at 32 mm/kV 400 phase to earth

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 49 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Stray capacitance and stray conductance of As per IEC:358


LV terminal over entire carrier frequency
range
One Minute Power frequency withstand 2 kV rms
voltage for secondary winding
Temp rise over an ambient temp. of 50oC As per IEC 60044
Number of terminals in control Cabinet All terminals of control circuits wired up to
marshalling box plus 10% terminals spare
Rated total thermal burden 350 VA
Partial discharge level 10 pico Coulombs max.
Number of cores 2 (two) one for protection and one for
metering with 0.5 class accuracy.
Rated Output, insulation level, Should be provided by Bidder
transformation ratio, rated voltage factor

Type Tests:

The following tests are type tests conforming IS/IEC 60044-2:2003 :


Temperature rise test
Short-circuit withstand test
Lightning Impulse Test
Switchng Impulse Test
Wet test for outdoor transformer
Determination of errors
Measurement of radio interference voltage (RIV)
Test reports needs to be submitted for owners/employers review. However if the test is not
done previously, then test shall be conducted free of cost by the contractor.
Routine tests:
The following tests apply to each individual transformers conforming IS/IEC 60044-2:2003 :
Verification of termonal markings
Power frequency withstand test on primary windings
Partial discharge measurements
Power frequency withstand test on secondary windings
Power frequency withstand test between sections

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 50 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Determination of errors
The order of the tests is not standardized, but determination of errors shall be performed
after the other tests. Repeated power-frequency tests on primary windings should be
performed at 80 % of the specified test voltage.
Special tests:
The following tests are performed upon agreement between manufacturer and purchaser:
Chopped lightning impulse test on primary winding
Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor
Mechanical tests.
Measurement of transmitted overvoltages

6.19 Metering as per NTPC and SPIA requirement

The current & potential transformers shall be of outdoor type single phase, 50 Hz, oil immersed
self-cooled suitable for operation in the climate conditions specified shall be complete in all
respects. The second step-up voltage level CT shall be of dead tank design for all ratio
CTs.
The core shall be high grade, nonageing, silicon laminated steel of low hysteresis loss and
high permeability. The core material used in case of metering core shall be stated in the
tender.
The instrument transformers shall be hermitically sealed to eliminate breathing and entering of
air and moisture in the tank. Provision of pressure releasing device is not permitted.
For compensation for variation in volume of oil due to temperature variation, stainless steel
bellows shall be provided. The successful bidder shall have to submit calculations of
volumetric expansion and contraction. These calculations shall be submitted along with the
basic parameters of SS bellow used in CT/PT.
Rubber bellow or Nitrogen gas cushioning for above purpose will not be accepted.
The instrument Transformers provided with stainless steel bellows for compensation of oil
volume variation shall be provided with a suitable oil level indicator at suitable location to
enable an observer to see the oil level of the CT/PT from the ground level. Oil level indicator
shall be provided with fluorescent green coloured floating ball.
The core of instrument transformers to be used for metering and instrumentations shall have
saturation factor, low enough to avoid damage to the instruments, in the event of maximum
short circuit current.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 51 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The CT core, to be used for protective relays shall be of accuracy class, specified or appropriate
class suitable for back up, over current and earth fault, differential, bus bar and other
protections as prescribed.
Nuts and bolts (or screws used for fixation of interfacing porcelain bushings for taking out
terminals) shall be provided on flanges, cemented to the bushing and not on the porcelain
i.e. Flange type 66 KV bushing for CT/PT, shall be provided.
For gasket joints, wherever used, Nitrile Butyl rubber gaskets shall be used. The gasket shall be
fitted properly with adequate space for accommodating the gasket under compression.
The bolts required for fitting the dome shall be of stainless steel of minimum 6mm dia.
The outer surface of metal tank shall be Hot Dip Galvanised, whereas, the inner portion shall be
painted with oil resistive, insoluble paint. The purchaser reserves right for stage inspection
during manufacturing process of tank / CT/PT.
The tank of CT/PT shall be provided with pressboard of 2 mm thickness inside and at bottom.
Provision of drain valve for sampling / draining of oil purpose at the bottom of tank is to be
provided.
The minimum thickness of flange & gasket provided on tank shall be as follow:
Flange thickness of tank - 8 mm
Top plate thickness - 5 mm
Gasket thickness - 6 mm
The instrument transformers shall be suitable for mounting on steel structures or concrete
pedestals.
General Parameters: Second step-up voltage level CT (Owners Bay and Metering Bay)
Particulars Details
Highest system Voltage (Vm) As per design calculations
Rated frequency 50 Hz
System Neutral Earthing Effective earthed
Installation Outdoor (IP 65)
Rated short time thermal current appropriate thermal current as per design
calculations
Rated dynamic current appropriate dynamic current as per design
calculations
Rated min power frequency withstand appropriate as per design calculations
voltage (rms value)
Rated lightning impulse withstand appropriate as per design calculations
voltage (peak value)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 52 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Partial discharge level 10 pico Coulombs max.


Temperature rise As per IEC 60044
Type of insulation Class A
Number of cores appropriate as per design calculations
CT secondary current Protection cores 1 Amp.
Metering Core 1 Amp
Number of terminals in marshalling All terminals of control circuits wired up to marshalling
box box plus 20 terminals spare
CT ratio & Rated VA Burden, short Minimum burden required :
time thermal rating, class of accuracy 1. Metering core 40 VA

2. Protection core 10 VA

General Parameters: Second step-up voltage level VT (Owners Bay & Metering Bay)
Particulars Details
Highest system voltage (Um) As per design calculations
System neutral earthing effective earthed
Installation Outdoor (IP 65)
System fault level Appropriate
Rated min power frequency appropriate as per design calculations
withstand voltage (rms value)
Rated lightning impulse withstand appropriate as per design calculations
voltage (peak value)
Standard reference range of 96% to 102% for protection and 99% to 101% for
frequencies for which the accuracy measurement
are valid
Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous & 1.5 for 30 sec
Class of Accuracy 0.2S / 3P
Stray capacitance and stray As per IEC:358
conductance of LV terminal over
entire carrier frequency range
One Minute Power frequency appropriate as per design calculations
withstand voltage for secondary
winding
Temp rise over an ambient temp. of As per IEC 60044

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 53 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

50o C
Number of terminals in control All terminals of control circuits wired up to marshalling
Cabinet box plus 10 terminals spare
Rated total thermal burden 350 VA
Partial discharge level 10 pico Coulombs max.
Number of cores appropriate as per design calculations
Rated Output, insulation level, appropriate as per design calculations
transformation ratio, rated voltage
factor

6.20 Circuit Breaker

The circuit breakers shall be capable of rapid and smooth interruption of currents under all
conditions completely suppressing all undesirable phenomena even under the most severe
and persistent short circuit conditions or when interrupting small currents or leading or
lagging reactive currents. The circuit breakers shall be Restrike-Free under all operating
conditions. The details of any device incorporated to limit or control the rate of rise of
restriking voltage across, the circuit breaker contacts shall be stated. The over voltage
across, the circuit breaker contacts shall be stated. The over voltage caused by circuit
breaker while switching inductive or capacitive loads shall not exceed 2.5 times the highest
phase to neutral voltage. The actual make and break times for the circuit breakers
throughout the ranges of their operating duties shall be stated in the offer and guaranteed.
The arc quenching chambers shall have devices to ensure almost uniform distribution of voltage
across the interrupters.
Appropriate & adequate Capacity 415V AC indoor air Circuit Breaker as per the IEC 60898 / IEC
62271 100 or equivalent Indian Standards along with control circuit and protection relay
circuit, fuses, annunciations and remote operating and controlling facility from the Main
Control Room.
Breaker shall be C2/Ml class under all duty conditions and shall be capable of performing their
duties without opening resistor. The circuit breaker shall meet the duty requirement of any
type of fault or fault location and shall be suitable for line charging and dropping when
used on 6kV effectively grounded or ungrounded systems and perform make and break
operations as per the stipulated duty cycles satisfactorily.
The circuit breaker shall be capable for breaking the steady & transient magnetizing current
corresponding to second step-up voltage level step-up transformers. It shall also be capable
of breaking line charging currents as per IEC- 62271-100 with a voltage factor of 1.4.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 54 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The rated transient recovery voltage for terminal fault and short line faults shall be as per IEC:
62271-100.
Bidder shall indicate the noise level of breaker at distance of 50 to 150 m from base of the
breaker.
The Bidder may note that total break time of the breaker shall not be exceeded under any duty
conditions specified such as with the combined variation of the trip coil voltage, pneumatic
pressure etc. While furnishing the proof of the total break time of complete circuit breaker,
the Bidder may specifically bring out the effect of non-simultaneity between same pole and
poles and show how it is covered in the guaranteed total break time.
While furnishing particulars regarding the D.C. component of the circuit breaker, the Bidder shall
note that IEC-62271-100 requires that this value should correspond to the guaranteed
minimum opening time under any condition of operation.
Applicable Standards: The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian
Standard Specifications/ IEC Standards, with latest amendments indicated below:
IS-13118/1991 General requirements for Circuit breakers for voltage above 1000 V
IEC 62271-100-1/2001
IS-2705/1992 Current Transformers
IS-2099/1986 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V
ISS-2633/1964 Methods of testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles
IS-3231/1986 Electrical relays for power system protection
IS-1248/1983 Specification for Ammeters & Voltmeters
IS-335/1983 New insulating oils Electrical IEC 71 (For oils in CTs) Clearances
IS-2147/1962 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage
switchgear & control gear

6.21 Operating Mechanism of Circuit breakers

Circuit shall be vacuum typ and equipped with electrically spring charged mechanism.
The operating mechanism shall be anti-pumping and trip free (as per IEC definition) electrically
under every method of closing. The mechanism of the breaker shall be such that the
position of the breaker is maintained even after the leakage of operating media and / or gas.
The circuit breaker shall be able to perform the duty cycle without any interruption.
Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coil. Provision shall also be made for local
electrical control. 'Local / remote' selector switch and close & trip push buttons shall be
provided in the breaker central control cabinet. Remote located push buttons and indicating
lamps shall also be provided. The VCB coil DC supply through appropriately rated battery
bank and charger to be supplied by the Bidder.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 55 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Operating mechanism and all accessories shall be in local control cabinet. A central control
cabinet for the three poles of the breaker shall be provided along with supply of necessary
tubing, cables, etc.
Mounting and supporting structure for Circuit Breaker: The circuit breakers should be self-
supporting type. However, if necessary for the purpose of minimum ground clearance the
circuit breakers should be mounted on raised steel structures which should be included in
the scope of supply of circuit breaker. Following information and data for design of
foundations from the supplier of the circuit breaker be obtained.
Max. Impact loading in terms of equivalent static load both compression and upward due to
opening/closing of the breakers. It shall be clearly stated whether these forces shall act
simultaneously or at different timing.
Necessary connecting materials such as clamps, bolts, nuts, washers etc. and fixing bolts for
mounting the equipment on the supporting structures wherever required should be obtained
from the circuit breaker supplier.
General parameters: Vacuum type Circuit Breaker:
Particulars Details
Type of circuit breaker Vacuum type
Highest System Voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated operating voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated frequency 50 Hz (+3% to -5%)
Number of poles Three (3)
Rated/minimum power frequency Withstand appropriate as per design requirement
voltage
Rated lightning impulse Withstand voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated operating duty cycle 0 0.3 sec. CO 3 min. CO
Rated line charging breaking As per IEC
Reclosing Single and three phase high speed auto
reclosing
Maximum fault level appropriate as per design requirement
Auxiliary contacts As required plus 6NO and 6NC contacts per
pole as spare.
Noise level Maximum 140dB at 50m distance from base
of circuit breaker
Seismic acceleration 0.4 g horizontal
General parameters: Outdoor SF6 type Circuit Breaker.
Particulars Details
Type of circuit breaker SF6 type
Highest System Voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated operating voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated frequency 50 Hz (+3% to -5%)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 56 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Number of poles Three (3)


Rated/minimum power frequency Withstand appropriate as per design requirement
voltage
Rated lightning impulse Withstand voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rated operating duty cycle 0 - 0.3 sec. - CO 3 min. CO
Rated line charging breaking As per IEC
Reclosing Single and three phase high speed auto
reclosing
Maximum fault level appropriate as per design requirement.
Auxiliary contacts As required plus 6NO and 6NC contacts per
pole as spare.
Noise level Maximum 140dB at 50m distance from base
of circuit breaker
Seismic acceleration 0.4 g horizontal

Co-ordination of rated voltages, short circuit breaking current and rated normal current for
guidance as per IS 13118 for rated voltage 33 kV and above, are used.

Circuit Breaker Protection against


Over Current
Earth fault
Under voltage & over voltage protection
Under frequency & over frequency
SF6 gas pressure low (where applicable)
DC supply failure
Circuit Breakers Shall also include following:-
During closing, main poles shall not rebound objectionably and mechanism shall
not require adjustments. Necessary dampers shall be provided to withstand the
impact at the end of opening stroke.
Plug and socket isolating Contacts for main power circuit shall be silver plated, of
self-aligning type, of robust design and capable of withstanding the specified short
circuit currents. They shall preferably be shrouded with an insulating material. Plug
and socket contacts for auxiliary circuits shall also be silver plated, sturdy and of
self-aligning type having a high degree of reliability. Thickness of silver plating shall
not be less than 10 microns.
The operating mechanism shall be such that failure of any auxiliary spring shall not
prevent tripping and shall not lead to closing or tripping of circuit breaker. Failure of

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 57 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

any auxiliary spring shall also not cause damage to the circuit breaker or endanger
the operator.
Mechanical indicators shall be provided on the breaker trucks to indicate OPEN /
CLOSED conditions of the circuit breaker, and CHARGED / DISCHARGED
conditions of the closing spring. An operation counter shall also be provided. These
shall be visible without opening the breaker compartment door.
The closing coil and spring charging motor shall operate satisfactorily at all values
of control supply voltage between 187V-242V/93.5V-121V DC. The shunt trip coil
shall operate satisfactorily under all operating conditions of the circuit breaker upto
its rated short circuit breaking current at all values of control supply voltage between
154V-242V/77V-121V DC. The trip coil shall be so designed that it does not get
energized when its healthiness is monitored by two indicating lamps (Red) and one
trip coil supervision relay.
There shall be "SERVICE", "TEST" and "FULLY WITHDRAWN" positions for the
breakers. In "Test" position the circuit breaker shall be capable of being tested for
operation without energising the power circuits i.e. the power contacts shall be
disconnected, while the control circuits shall remain undisturbed. Locking facilities
shall be provided so as to prevent movement of the circuit breaker from the
"SERVICE", "TEST" or "FULLLY WITHDRAWN" position.
Suitable mechanical indications shall be provided on all circuit breakers to show
"OPEN", "CLOSE", "SERVICE ", "TEST" AND "SPRING CHARGED" positions
Main poles of the circuit breakers shall operate simultaneously in such a way that
the maximum difference between the instants of contacts touching during closing
shall not exceed half a cycle of rated frequency.
Power operated mechanism shall be provided with a Universal motor suitable for
operation on 230V AC/220 V DC/110V DC. Motor insulation shall be of class E or
better.
The motor shall be such that it requires not more than 30 seconds for fully charging the
closing spring at maximum available control voltage.
TYPE TESTS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Reports of the type tests carried out on Circuit breaker shall be submitted by the
contractor for employers review.
Test reports needs to be submitted for owner review. However if the test report
doesnt match specifications then test shall be conducted free of cost by the
contractor.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 58 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

6.22 Isolators

The isolators and accessories shall conform in general to IEC 62271-102 (or equivalent Indian
standard) except to the extent explicitly modified in specification.
Each isolating switch should have the following particulars under the site conditions for the
system under design.
Isolators shall comply with routine tests as per IEC 606181
Isolator shall be gang operated for main blades and earth switches. The operation of the
three poles shall be well synchronised and interlocked.
The design of linkages and gears shall be such so as to allow one man to operate the handle
with ease for isolator and earth switch
General Parameters: Second step-up voltage level Isolators
Particulars Details
Operating mechanism of Isolator and Motor operated
Earth Switch
Nominal system voltage As per design requirement
Highest system voltage As per design requirement
Type Outdoor (IP 65)
Rated short time current of isolator and appropriate as per design
earth switch
Rated dynamic short time withstand appropriate as per design
current of isolator and earth switch
Impulse withstand voltage with 1.2/50 appropriate as per design requirement
micro sec. wave
One minute power frequency withstand appropriate as per design requirement
Voltage
Temperature rise As per Table-IV of IS: 9921
Rated mechanical terminal load As per 62271-102

6.23 Surge Arrestors

The surge arrestors (SAs) shall conform in general to IEC 60099-4 or IS: 3070 except to the
extent modified in the specification. Arresters shall be of hermetically sealed units, self-
supporting construction, suitable for mounting on lattice type support structures. Bidder
shall furnish the technical particulars of Surge arrester.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 59 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The SAs shall be of heavy duty station class and gapless Metal Oxide type without any series
or shunt gaps. The SAs shall be capable of discharging over-voltages occurring during
switching of unloaded transformers, and long lines.
Arrestors shall be complete with insulating base for mounting on structure. Suitably enclosed for
outdoor use and requiring no auxiliary or battery supply for operation shall be provided for
each single pole unit with necessary connection.
The surge arrestors shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine and
acceptance tests in accordance with IEC-60099-4.
Each lightning arrestors should have the following particulars under the site conditions for the
system under design.
Technical requirements for metal oxide (gapless) lightning arrestors
Typical values of Isolator are given :
Particulars Details
Rate System Voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Rate Arrester Voltage appropriate as per design requirement
Nominal discharge current appropriate as per design requirement
Minimum discharge capability appropriate as per design requirement
Class appropriate as per design requirement
Maximum Continuous Operating appropriate as per design requirement
Max. residual voltage (1 kA) appropriate as per design requirement
Max. residual voltage at 10 kA nominal appropriate as per design requirement
discharge current(8/20 micro sec wave)
Max. switching impulse residual Voltage appropriate as per design requirement
at 1000 A peak
Max. steep current residual voltage appropriate as per design requirement
High current short duration test Value appropriate as per design requirement
(4/10 micro-sec-wave)
Current for pressure relief test appropriate as per design requirement
One minute power frequency withstand appropriate as per design requirement
voltage of arrestor housing (dry and wet)
Impulse withstand voltage of arrestor appropriate as per design requirement
housing with 1.2/50 micro sec. Wave
Radio interference voltage at156 kV appropriate as per design requirement
Partial discharge at 1.05 MCOV appropriate as per design requirement
(continuous operating voltage)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 60 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Whether insulating base and discharge appropriate as per design requirement


counter with milli- ammeter are required.

6.24 Protective Relays

The Solar PV system and the associated power evacuation system interconnections should be
protected as per IEC 61727 Ed.2, norms. Over current relays, reverse power relays,
differential protection relays and earth fault relays have to be essentially provided. All relay
should be numerical type & should be remote operating and controlling facility from the
control room.
The numerical relays shall have RS 485 port for communication.
The operating voltage of the relays shall be 110 V DC/220 V DC as per battery bank rating.
Detailed Design calculations shall be provided on fault power computations and the philosophy
of protective relaying with respect to short circuit kA calculations. Design, drawing and
model of protection relay shall be approved by Owner.
The bidder must submit the relay setting chart as a part of design documents
Relays Should also include following points
All circuit breaker feeders shall be provided with communicable numerical relays
(IED, i.e. Intelligent Electronic Device) complying with IEC 61850, having protection,
control, measurement and monitoring features. These relays shall be networked and
suitably interfaced with the Solar SCADA system for dynamic SLD display, status
monitoring, measurements, event / alarm displays, reports, etc. The relays shall be
flush mounted on panel front with connections from the inside. Numerical relays
shall have appropriate setting ranges, accuracy, resetting ratio and other
characteristics to provide required sensitivity. All equipments shall have necessary
protections.
All relays shall be rated for control supply voltage and shall be capable of
satisfactory continuous operation between 80-120% of the rated voltage. Making,
carrying and breaking current ratings of their contacts shall be adequate for the
circuits in which they are used. Contacts for breaker close and trip commands shall
be so rated as to be used directly used in the closing and tripping circuits of breaker
without the need of any interposing / master trip relays. Threshold voltage for binary
inputs shall be suitably selected to ensure avoidance of mal operation due to stray
voltages and typically shall be more than 70% of the rated control supply voltage.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 61 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All the numerical relays shall have communications on two ports, local front port communication
to laptop and a second port on IEC 61850 to communicate with the data concentrator
through LAN.
All numerical relays shall comply with following codes:-
o IS- 3231: Elecrical relays for power system
o IEC : 61850- COMMUNICATION network & system in substations
o IEC =61131-3: Automation standard for numerical relay
o IS 8686 Static relays
o IEC 60255 Electrical relays
The control/ relay compartments shall have degree of protection not less then IP 5X
in accordance with IS/IEC 60947
One minute power frequency withstand test voltage for all numerical relays shall at
least be 2kV (rms) for 1 min or 2.5 kv for 1 sec
Relays shall be suitable for CT secondary current of 1A. All transformer feeder
relays shall have provision for 3 VT inputs.
Design of the relay must be immune to any kind of electromagnetic interference.
The resolution of time synchronization with SCADA shall be +/- 1.0 millisecond or better
throughout the entire system.
All numerical relays shall have freely programmable optically isolated binary inputs
(BI) and potential free binary output (BO) contacts as per the requirement of control
schematics
Relays & Ethernet switches shall be suitable to accept both AC & DC supplies with range 120V
or 240V with tolerance of 70% to 120% of rated voltage & shall be finalized during detailed
engineering.
The alarm/status of each individual protection function and trip operation shall be
communicated to Switchgear SCADA.
Auxiliary relays shall have contacts as required. Relay output contacts shall be
suitable for directly wiring in the breaker closing and trip circuit operating from 240 V
voltages and typically shall be more than 70% of the rated control supply voltage.
Failure of a control supply and de-energization of a relay shall not initiate any circuit
breaker operation.
Disturbance Record waveforms, event records & alarms shall be stored in Non-
volatile memory and failure of control supply shall not result in deletion of any of
these data.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 62 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All Numerical relays shall have features for electrical measurements including voltage, current,
power (active & reactive), frequency, power factor and energy parameters.
All CT terminals on the relays shall be of fixed type suitable for connection of ring-type lugs to
avoid any hazard due to loose connection leading to CT open-circuit. In no circumstances
Plug In type connectors shall be used for CT / VT connections.
All numerical relays shall have key pad / keys to allow relay setting from relay front. Pre-
programmed or programmable key for Master trip (86) reset shall be provided on the relay
front. Master trip (86) and non-86 trips shall be software configurable to output contacts and
no separate master trip relay shall be used. Relay to be self or hand reset shall be software
selectable. Manual resetting shall be possible from remote.
Relays shall have self-diagnostic feature with continuous self-check for power
failure, program routines, memory and main CPU failures and a separate output
contact for indication of any failure.
Relays shall have at least two sets or groups of two different sets of adaptable
settings. Relays shall have multiple IEC / ANSI /user-programmable characteristics.
All cards / hardware of numerical relays shall be suitable for opration in Harsh Environmental
conditions with respect to high temperature, humidity & dust.
Protections:
The Incomer, Bus Coupler & Tie feeder protection relay shall be suitable for providing the
following protections
Three Phase Over current and Earth Fault protection (50 & 50N) with instantaneous
definite time, and IDMT features
The over current element should have the minimum setting adjustable between 250-
2000% of CT secondary rated current. The earth fault element should be suitable for
residually connected CT input. The relay shall be suitable for detection of earth fault
currents in the range of 5% to 10% of the CT rated current.
Trip circuit supervision shall be provided for all feeders to monitor the circuit breaker trip circuit
both in pre trip and post trip conditions.
The numerical processor shall be capable of measuring and storing values of a wide range of
quantities, all events, faults and disturbance recordings with a time stamping using the
internal real time clock. Battery backup for real time clock in the event of power supply
failure shall be provided.
At least 200 time tagged events / records shall be stored with time stamping.
Details of at least 5 previous faults including the type of protection operated,
operating time, all currents & voltages and time of fault.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 63 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Diagnostics Automatic testing, power on diagnostics with continuous monitoring


to ensure high degree of reliability shall be shall be provided. The results of the self-
reset functions shall be stored in battery back memory. Test features such as
examination of input quantities, status of digital inputs and relay outputs shall be
shall be available on the user interface.
The alarm/status of each individual protection function and trip operation shall be
communicated to Switchgear SCADA.
Sequence of events shall have 1 ms resolution at device level.
Measurement accuracy shall be 1 % for rated RMS Current and voltage.

The numerical relays & Ethernet switches being installed at switchboard shall be suitable
for auxiliary power supply 220V DC with tolerance of 80% to 120 % of rated voltage & shall
be finalized during detailed engineering

Type Tests and Factory Acceptance Tests

Type test reports on each model of the relays, shall be submitted for Employer's review.
However, if the test report doesnt match specifications then test shall be conducted free of
cost by the contractor

6.25 Earthing for PV Array

The photovoltaic modules, BOS and other components of power plant requires adequate
earthing for protecting against any serious faults as guided by IEC 60364.
The earthing system shall be designed with consideration of the earth resistivity of the project
area. The earth resistivity values shall be measured prior to designing the earthing system.
Unless otherwise specified, earthing system shall be in accordance with IS: 3043 and IEEE
80, Indian Electricity Rules, Codes of practice and regulations existing in the location where
the system is being installed.
The permissible system fault power level at 66 kV also shall be kept in consideration while
designing the earthing system. Each array structure of the PV yard, LT power system,
earthing grid for switchyard ,all electrical equipment ,control room ,PCU, All junction boxes,
ACDB & DCDB etc., shall be grounded properly as per IS 3043 - 1987. All metal casing /
shielding of the plant shall be thoroughly grounded in accordance with Indian electricity act /
IE Rules.
The earthing for array and LT power system shall be made of 3.0 m long 40 mm diameter
perforated GI pipe / chemical compound filled, double walled earthing electrodes including
accessories, and providing masonry enclosure

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 64 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

with cast iron cover plate having pad-locking arrangement, watering pipe using charcoal or coke
and salt as required as per provisions of IS: 3043.
Necessary provision shall be made for bolted isolating joints of each earthing pit for periodic
checking of earth resistance.
Each string/ array and MMS of the plant shall be grounded properly.
The array structures are to be connected to earth pits as per IS standards. Necessary provision
shall be made for bolted isolating joints of each earthing pit for periodic checking of earth
resistance.
The complete earthing system shall be mechanically & electrically connected to provide
independent return to earth.
For each earth pit, a necessary test point shall be provided.
In compliance to Rule 11 and 61 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 (as amended up to date), all
non-current carrying metal parts shall be earthed with two separate and distinct earth
continuity conductors to an efficient earth electrode.
The Bidder should submit the earthing system design calculations along with the system layout
for Owner approval prior to the installation of the system.
Unless otherwise specified, the earthing system primary and secondary grid conductors,
equipment connections shall be constructed with galvanized iron flat. However the earthing
of transformer neutrals, PLC and inverter terminals and electronic earthing shall be
provided using copper earthing conductor only.
Earthing Mesh is to prepared and installed in entire power plant.
Each PV Module frame shall be earthed in accordance with module manufacturer guidelines. In
case module frame earthing is to be separately provided, it shall be earthed with minimum
2.5 sq. mm flexible GI strips with lug at suitable location of module frame

6.26 Isolator and Isolator-cum-Earthing Switches

The Isolators and Isolator-cum-Earthing Switched shall comply with the requirements of the IS:
9921 and IEC: 129 (latest edition) except specified herein. The Insulators shall comply with
the requirements of IS: 2544 and IEC: 168-1988 (latest edition).
The Isolators shall be double break, outdoor, gang operated type, with blades rotating in
horizontal plane. The design shall be for upright mounting. If required, and the Isolators
shall be convertible for right or left hand control with minimum labour and replacement of
part. The live parts shall be so designed that as far as possible, sharp points, edges and
other corona producing surface are eliminated. Except the Insulator caps and bases, all
other live parts shall be non-ferrous. Bolts, Screws and Pins shall be provided with locking
arrangement and shall be of the best materials.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 65 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Each pole shall have three Pedestal type of Insulators stacks. Necessary arrangements shall
be provided for proper alignment of the contacts. Gang operated links shall be so designed
that all phases shall make and break simultaneously.
The design of Isolators and Isolator-cum-Earthing Switches shall be provided for positive control
of blades in all positions with minimum mechanical stress on the Insulators. Fixed guides
shall be so provided that proper setting of contacts shall be obtained, when a blade is out of
alignment even by 25mm in either direction. All movable parts which may be in current path
shall be shunted by flexible copper conductor of adequate cross-section and capacity,
which shall be furnished under bill of material.
The length of the handle for manual operation shall not be more than one meter and shall be
stated on the drawing. The rotating parts shall have a smooth movement.
The clearance of 4000 mm from live parts to ground as per provision of I.E. Rules shall be
considered while manufacturing of isolators & to decide location of operating mechanism
box. Height of structure of isolator from ground is to be considered as 2900 mm including
150mm for muffing.
Contacts:
The moving & fixed contacts shall be made of hard drawn electrolytic grade copper
strips and shall be heavy duty self- aligning & high pressure type preferably which
applies pressure to the contact surfaces after the blades are fully closed and release
the pressure before they start to open. High pressure type contacts shall wipe the
contact surfaces, while opening and closing. The contacts shall be so designed that
wiping, action shall not cause securing or abrasion on the contact surfaces. The
wiping action shall be sufficient to remove oxide film, formed during the operation of
the switches. The pressure shall be developed by rotation of the entire blade.
The temperature rise of contacts due to the flow of rated short circuit current for a
period of 3 seconds shall not cause any annealing or welding of contacts.
The moving contacts, if provided, shall close first and open last so that no damage is
caused due to arcing whatever to the main contacts. The Bidder shall give full
details of such contacts with necessary drawings.
The arcing contacts, if provided shall close first and open last so that no damage is
caused due to arcing whatever to the main contacts. The tender shall give full details
of such contacts with necessary drawings.
The female contact and its tensioning by spring shall be such that there will, always,
be a positive contact with adequate pressure to give enough contact surface for the
passing of current. The springs provided should not go out of alignment or get

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 66 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

entangled with the male contact during operation. The details of springs shall be
furnished on the G.A. drawing.

6.27 Earthing Blades

The Isolators controlling the transmission line shall be equipped with earthing blades. The
Earthing blades shall be counter balanced to ensure easy operation.
Line earth switch shall consist of three Earthing links per Isolator which will normally rest against
the frames, when the connected Isolator is in closed position. The Earthing links of all three
phases shall be suitable for fitting on either side of the Isolator.
Short time current withstand capacity of earthing blades of Isolator Earthing Switch shall be
same as that of the main blades of Isolator. The material of the earthing Isolator, Each
earthing blade shall be provide with flexible copper connections of adequate length of not
less than 60mm2 are for connection between the operating shall and the base frame.
The rated making capacity of earthing switches shall be as specified in the applicable standard
of isolators

6.28 Insulators

Bushings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IS: 2099 & IEC: 137. Hollow
column insulators shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IEC: 60233/IS:
5261. The support insulators shall be manufactured and tested as per IS: 2544 / IEC:
600168/IEC: 600273. The insulators shall also conform to IEC 815 as applicable. Bidder
shall furnish the technical particulars of all type of insulators used.
Porcelain insulator shall comply IS: 731-1976 or equivalent international standard and shall be
homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might
affect the mechanical or dielectric qualit y and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and
impervious to moisture. Hollow porcelain should be in one integral piece in green & fired
stage.
Bidder may offer silicone rubber housed composite type insulator as an alternative to the above
porcelain insulator with equivalent creep age distance.
Data sheets for the insulators with cantilever strength and compression strength, etc. shall be
submitted.
Insulators shall be rated for not less than 6kN for bus bar supports and 4kN for isolators.
Contractor shall make available data on all the essential features of design including the method
of assembly of shells and metal parts, number of shells per insulator, the manner in which
mechanical stresses are transmitted through shells to adjacent parts, provision for meeting
expansion stresses, results of corona and thermal shock tests, recommended working

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 67 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

strength and any special design or arrangement employed to increase life under service
conditions.
All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanised and all joints shall be air tight. Surface of joints shall be
trued, porcelain parts by grinding and metal parts by machining. Insulator/ bushing design
shall be such as to ensure a uniform compressive pressure on the joints.
Insulator shall also meet requirement of IEC - 60815 as applicable, having alternate long & short
sheds.

6.29 Bus Bar

The outdoor bus-bars and equipment connections shall be with ACSR conductor (Panther /
suitable size as per design).
The bus-bars and the connection jumpers shall be supported on post insulators wherever
required.
The ACSR bus bars are an underground system of wires strung between two supporting
structures and supported by strain type insulators. The stringing tension may be limited to
500-900 kg depending upon the size of the conductor used. These types of bus bars are
suitable for earthquake prone areas.
Bus bar Material The materials in common use for bus bars and connections of the strain type
are ACSR conductor.
The bus bar sizes should meet the electrical and mechanical requirements of the specific
application for which they are chosen.
Entire busbar system shall be insulated with PVC sleeves. Busbar sleeves shall be compliant to
UL224 (Extruded insulating tubing), CE/UL certified, having fire retardant properties and
working temperature of 1050C.
All switchboards shall be provided with three phase and neutral busbars. Two separate sets
of vertical busbars shall be provided in each panel of double front DBs. Interleaving
arrangement for busbars shall be adopted for switchboards with a rating of more than
1600A. DCDBs shall be provided with two (2) busbars.
All busbars shall be adequately supported by non-hygroscopic, non- combustible, track-resistant
and high strength sheet molded compound or equivalent type polyester fiber glass molded
insulator. Separate supports shall be provided for each phase and neutral busbar. If a
common support is provided, anti-tracking barriers shall be provided between the supports.
Insulator and barriers of inflammable material such as Hylam shall not be accepted. The
busbar insulators shall be supported on the main structure.
Successful Bidder shall furnish calculation establishing adequacy of busbar sizes for the
specified continuous and short time current ratings.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 68 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Note: Unless otherwise specified, all equipment and materials shall confirm to the latest applicable
Indian Standards. Equipment complying with any other International Standards will also be
considered if it ensures performance of equipment equal to a superior to Indian Standard.

6.30 Control & Relay Panel Specifications

The control & relay panel shall be free standing, simplex type, floor mounting type, fabricated
from 2 mm thick MS sheet for main enclosure and 1.6 mm thick MS sheet for internals and
partitions. The main enclosure shall be mounted on a base frame fabricated out of 100x50
ISMC mild steel section.
The enclosure external finish colour shade shall be decided by the Owner, The internal surface
shall have a glossy white finish all over.
The control & relay panel shall contain the following metering and protection devices:
Metering, Indications & Controls
Ammeter 0 .. A
Ammeter selector switch
Voltmeter 0 V
Voltmeter selector switch
Load manager to display the parameters : MW, MVA, MVArh, MVAr Cos , Hz,
Indication lamps for R, Y, B phases, Breaker ON (R), Breaker OFF (G), Breaker
TRIP (A), Spring charged (W), Trip Circuit Healthy (B)
TNC switch, spring return to neutral position shall be provided for circuit breaker
operation.
Local / Remote selection switch for circuit breaker operation
Semaphore indicators (LED type) for CB and Isolator Open & Close positions
Mimic diagram for the 11 kV AND 132 kV systems with aluminium strips and ON
OFF indications for isolators

6.31 Low Voltage Switchgear

TECHNICAL PARAMETERS

Power Supply(AC system)

Voltage 415V,+/- 10%, 3 phase , 4 wire, Neutrally Solidly Earthed


Frequency 50 HZ+/- 5%

Cubicle Data (Bus-bar Rating of Inverter Breaker)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 69 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Continous Current Rating appropriate as per design requirement


Short Time Rating where
a) Circuit breaker (CB) is used as incomer appropriate as per design requirement
b)Fuse protectionis used as incomer appropriate as per design requirement
Dynamic Rating where appropriate as per design requirement
a) CB is used as incomer appropriate as per design requirement
b) Fuse protection is used in incomer appropriate as per design requirement
Busbar insulation appropriate as per design requirement
a)For switchgear appropriate as per design requirement

Constructional Details of Indoor Switchboards


Switchboards shall be of metal enclosed, indoor, floor-mounted, free- standing type
All switchboard frames and load bearing members shall be fabricated using suitable
mild steel structural sections or pressed and shaped cold- rolled sheet steel of
thickness 2.0 mm. Frames shall be enclosed in cold-rolled sheet steel of thickness
1.6 mm. Doors and covers shall also be of cold rolled sheet steel of thickness 1.6
mm. Stiffeners shall be provided wherever necessary. The gland plate thickness
shall be 3.0 mm for hot / cold-rolled sheet steel and 4.0 mm for non-magnetic
material.
All panel edges and cover / door edges shall be reinforced against distortion by
rolling, bending or by the addition of welded reinforcement members. The top covers
of the panels should be designed such that they do not permanently bulge/ bend by
the weight of maintenance personnel working on it.
The switchboards shall be of bolted design. The complete structures shall be rigid,
self-supporting, and free from flaws, twists and bends. All cutouts shall be true in
shape and devoid of sharp edges.
All switchboards shall be of dust-proof and vermin-proof construction and shall be
provided with a degree of protection of IP: 5X as per IS/IEC60947. However, the
busbar chambers having a degree of protection of IP: 42 are also acceptable where
continuous busbar rating is 1600A and above. Provision shall be made in all
compartments for providing IP: 5X degree of protection, when circuit - breaker or
module trolley has been removed. All cutouts shall be provided with EPDM /
Neoprene gaskets.
Provision of louvers on switchboards would not be preferred. However, louvers
backed with metal screen are acceptable on the busbar chambers where continuous
busbar rating is 1600 A and above.
All switchboards shall be of uniform height not exceeding 2450 mm.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 70 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Switchboards shall be easily extendable on both sides by the addition of vertical


sections after removing the end covers.
Switchboards shall be supplied with base frames made of structural steel sections,
along with all necessary mounting hardware required for welding down the base
frame to the foundation / steel insert plates. The base frame height shall be such
that floor finishing (50mm thick) to be done by Employer after erection of the
switchboards does not obstruct the movement of doors, covers, with draw able
modules etc.
All switchboards shall be divided into distinct vertical sections (panels), each
comprising of the following compartments:
Bus Bar Compartment
Switchgear/Feeder Compartment
Cable Compartment/ Cable Alley
Control compartment(if applicable)
The covers shall be provided with "DANGER" labels. All panel doors shall open by
90 deg or more. In case of double-front, if this cannot be achieved for panels
adjacent to a breaker panel, suitable dummy panel shall be provided by the Bidder
wherever necessary.
All 415V circuit-breaker modules shall be of fully draw out type having distinct
'Service' and 'Test' positions. The equipment pertaining to a draw out type incomer
or feeder module shall be mounted on a fully withdrawable chassis which can be
drawn out without having to unscrew any wire or cable connection. Suitable
arrangement with cradle/ rollers, guides along with tool / lever operated racking in /
out mechanism shall be provided for smooth and effortless movement of the
chassis. For modules of size more than half the panel height, double guides shall be
provided for smooth removal or insertion of module. All identical module chassis of
same size shall be fully interchangeable without having to carry out any
modifications. Suitable interlock shall be provided in DCDBs for prevention of
opening of Isolator (Incomer) when the bus coupler is open and vice-versa.
All equipment and components shall be neatly arranged and shall be easily
accessible for operation and maintenance. The internal layout of all modules shall
be subject to employer's approval. The Contractor shall submit dimensional
drawings showing complete internal details of bus bars and module components, for
each type and rating for approval of Employer.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 71 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The power and control cable entry shall be from bottom. However, the Employer
reserves the right to alter the cable entries, if required during detailed engineering,
without any additional commercial implication.
Each switchboard shall be provided with undrilled, removable type gland plate,
which shall cover the entire cable alley. Bidder shall ensure that sufficient cable
glanding space is available for all the cables coming in a particular section through
gland plate. For all single core cables, gland plate shall be of non-magnetic material.
The gland plate shall preferably be provided in two distinct parts for the easy of
terminating addition cables in future. The gland plate shall be provided with gasket
to ensure enclosure protection. Recommended drilling chart of gland plates for all
power and control cables in the vertical panels shall be indicated by the Contractor
in the respective G.A. drawings of the boards.
The minimum clearance in air between phases and between phases and earth for
the entire run of horizontal and vertical busbars and bus- link connections at circuit-
breaker shall be 25mm. For all other components, the clearance between "two live
parts", "a live part and an earthed part", shall be at least ten (10) mm throughout.
Wherever it is not possible to maintain these clearances, insulation shall be provided
by sleeving or barriers. However, for horizontal and vertical busbars the clearances
specified above should be maintained even when the busbars are sleeved or
insulated. All connections from the busbars up to switch / fuses shall be fully
insulated and securely bolted to minimize the risk of phase to phase and phase to
earth short circuits.

MCCB
MCCB shall be fixed type module air break type having trip free mechanism with
quick make and quick break type contacts. MCCB shall have current limiting feature.
MCCB of identical ratings shall be physically and electrically interchangeable. MCCB
shall be provided with 1 NO and 1NC auxiliary contacts.
MCCB shall be provided with Microprocessor based inbuilt front adjustable releases
(overload & short circuit) and shall have adjustable earth fault protection unit also.
The protection settings shall have suitable range to achieve the required time &
current settings. LED indications shall also be provided for faults, MCCB status
(on/off etc).
Rated voltage 415 V
Rated short circuit breaking capacity (as per requirement)
Rated making capacity(as per requirement)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 72 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Air Break Switches


Air break switches shall be of heavy duty, single throw, group operated, load break,
fault make type when associated with fuses. All switches for motor circuits shall be
of utilisation category AC-23A with 1NO +1NC auxiliary contact. All switches for
other outgoing feeders shall be of utilization category AC-22A. All switches for DC
circuits shall be suitable for 240 V DC and shall be of DC-22 utilisation category.
The main switches shall be operable from outside the module door. The switch
handle shall clearly indicate the position of switch. Switch operating handles shall be
provided with padlocking facilities. However, incomer switches of switchboards shall
be provided with padlocking facility in both 'ON' and 'OFF' positions.
Interlocks shall be provided such that the cubicle door will not open when the switch
is in closed position and the switch will close only when the door is closed. However,
suitable means shall be provided to intentionally defeat these interlocks.
Switches and fuses for AC/DC control supply and heater supply wherever required,
shall be mounted inside the cubicles. Toggle switch is not acceptable.
Fuses
All fuses shall be of HRC cartridge fuse link type. Screw type fuses shall not be accepted. Fuses
for AC circuits shall be rated for 80kA rms (prospective) breaking capacity at 415V AC and
for DC circuits, 20kA rms breaking capacity at 240V DC.
Fuse ratings for motor feeders shall be coordinated by the Bidder to achieve class-II
protection coordination and also to match the motor characteristics.
Fuse shall have visible operation indicators. Insulating barriers shall be provided
between individual power fuses.
Fuse shall be mounted on insulated fuse carriers, which are mounted on fuse bases.
Wherever it is not possible to mount fuses on carriers, fuses shall be directly
mounted on plug-in type of bases. In such cases one set of insulated fuse pulling
handles shall be supplied with each switchboard.
Internal Wiring
All switchboards shall be supplied completely wired internally upto the terminals, ready to
receive external cables.
All intercubicle and interpanel wiring and connections between panels of same
switchboard including all bus wiring for AC and DC supplies shall be provided by the
Bidder.
All auxiliary wiring shall be carried out with voltage grade appropriate as per design
requirement, single core stranded copper conductor, colour coded, PVC insulated

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 73 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

wires. Conductor size shall be 1.5 mm2 (min.) for control circuit wiring and 2.5 mm2
(min) for CT and space heater circuits.
All internal wiring terminations shall be made with solderless crimping type tinned
copper lugs which shall firmly grip the conductor or an equally secure method.
Similar lugs shall also be provided at both ends of component to component wiring.
Insulating sleeves shall be provided over the exposed parts of lugs to the extent
possible. Screw-less (spring loaded) / cage clamp type terminal shall also be
provided with lugs.
Printed single tube ferrules marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall be
fitted at both ends of each wire. The wire identification marking shall be in
accordance with IS: 375. Red Ferrules should be provided on trip circuit wiring.
Painting
All sheet steel work shall be pretreated, in tanks, in accordance with IS:6005.
Rust and scales shall be removed by pickling with acid. After pickling, the parts shall
be washed in running water. Then these shall be rinsed in slightly alkaline hot water
and dried. The phosphate coating shall be "Class-C" as specified in IS:6005.
The phosphated surfaces shall be rinsed and passivated. After passivation,
Electrostatic Powder Coating shall be used. Powder should meet requirements of IS
13871 (Powder costing specification).
Power Cable Termination
Cable termination compartment and arrangement for power cables shall be suitable for heavy
duty, stranded aluminum conductor, PVC/ XLPE insulated, armoured / unarmoured and
PVC sheathed cables. All necessary cable terminating accessories such as supporting
clamps and brackets, hardware etc., shall be provided by the contractor, to suit the final
cable sizes.
All power cable terminals shall be of stud type and the power cable lugs shall be of tinned
copper solderless crimping ring type conforming to IS:8309. All lugs shall be insulated/
sleeved.
All cable terminations shall be appropriately tightened to ensure secure and reliable connections.

Derating of Components
The Bidder shall, ensure that the equipment offered will carry the required load current at site
ambient conditions specified and perform the operating duties without exceeding the
permissible temperature as per Indian Standards / Specification. Continuous current rating
at 60 deg C ambient in no case shall be less than 90% of the normal rating specified.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 74 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The Bidder shall indicate clearly the derating factors if any employed for each
component and furnish the basis for arriving at these derating factors.
Protection Co-ordination
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to fully coordinate the overload and short circuit
breakers/fuses with the upstream and downstream circuit breakers / fuses, to provide
satisfactory discrimination. Further, the various equipments supplied shall meet the
requirements of Type II class of Co-ordination as per IS: 8544. Relay coordination setting
chart shall be made available matching with interconnecting grid substation.
Gaskets
The gaskets, wherever specified, shall be of good quality EPDM / Neoprene with good ageing,
compression and oil resistance characteristics suitable for panel applications.
Temperature-Rise (For LT Switch-gear having capacity more than 400A).
The temperature rise of the horizontal and vertical busbars and main bus links including all
power draw out contacts when carrying 90% of the rated current along the full run shall
in no case exceed 55 deg C with silver plated joints and 40 deg C with all other types of
joints over an outside ambient temperature of 60 deg C. The temperature rise of the
accessible parts/external enclosures expected to be touched in normal operation shall not
exceed 20deg. C. The temperature rise of manual operating means shall not exceed
10deg. C for metallic & 15 deg. C for insulating material. Temperature rise for the busbars
shall be carried out at 90% of the rated current.

SWGR. CUBICLE CONSTRUCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS


1 Colour finish
Exterior RAL 9002(Main Body)
RAL5012(Extreme end covers)
2 Cable entry
a) Power cables Bottom
b) Control cables Bottom
3 Earthing conductor Galvanized steel strip
4 Service Continuity of As per IS/IEC 62271-200
SWGR(LSC2B-PM)
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be 650V grade, 10Amps rated, made up of unbreakable polyamide 6.6
grade. The terminals shall be screw type or screw-less (spring loaded) / cage clamp type
with lugs. Marking on terminal strips shall correspond to the terminal numbering in wiring
diagrams. All metal parts shall be of non-ferrous material. In case of screw type terminals
the screw shall be captive, preferably with screw locking design.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 75 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Terminal blocks for CT and VT secondary leads shall be of stud type, made up of
unbreakable polyamide 6.6 grade. They shall be provided with links to facilitate
testing, isolation star / delta formation and earthing. Terminal blocks for CT
secondary shall have the short circuiting facility. The terminals for remote ammeter
connection etc. shall also be disconnecting type only. All metal parts shall be of non-
ferrous material. Screws shall be captive.
At least 10% spare terminals for external connections shall be provided on each
panel and these spare terminals shall be uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks.
Space for adding another 10% spare terminals shall also be available in each panel.
There shall be minimum clearances of 250 mm between the terminal blocks and the
cable gland plate and 150 mm between two rows of terminal blocks.
All panel wring for external connections shall terminate on separate terminal blocks
which shall be suitable for connecting two (2) stranded copper conductors of 2.5 sq.
mm on each side, or alternatively, the terminal blocks shall have the possibility of
double shorting space to facilitate looping.

6.32 HT Swichtgear

Codes & Standards

IS CODE Name of equipment


IS:722 AC electricity meters
IS:996 Single phase small AC universal motors
IS:13947 Degree of protection by enclosures for low voltage swichtgear
and controlgear
IS:2544 Porcelain post insulators for systems with nominal voltages
greater than 1000volts
IS:9046 AC contactors for voltages above 1000 volts and upto and
including 11000volts
IS:13703 Low voltage fuses
IS:9385 HV fuses
IS/IEC 62271-100 High voltage alternating circuit brakers
IS/IEC62271-200 High voltage metal enclosed switchgear and controlgear
IEC:60947-7-1 Terminal blocks for copper conductors
Direct Acting indicating analogue electrical measuring
IS: 1248
instruments and Accessories.
IS: 2705 Current transformers.
IS: 3156 Voltage Transformers
IS: 6005 Code of practice for phosphating of iron and steel.
Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars,
IS: 5082
rods, tubes and selections for electrical purposes.
IEC: Communication Standard for Numerical relays
61850
IEC: Automation Standard for Numerical relays

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 76 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

61131-3
AC contactors for voltages above 1000 volts and upto and
IS: 9046
including 11000 Volts.
Specification for indoor post insulators of organic material for
IS: 9431 system with nominal voltages greater than 1000 volts upto
and including 300 kV
A.C. disconnectors (isolators) and Earthing switches for
IS: 9921
voltages above 1000 V
Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of
IS: 11353
conductors and apparatus terminals.
IS: 13118 Specification for high voltage AC circuit breakers.
IEC: Metal oxide surge arrestor without gap for AC
60099-4 system
IS/IEC:
62271- High voltage alternating current circuit breakers.
100
IS/IEC:
62271- High voltage metal enclosed switchgear and control
gear.
200

Switchgear Panel
The switchgear boards shall have a single front, single tier, fully compartmentalized, metal
enclosed construction complying with IEC 62271-200, comprising of a row of free standing
floor mounted panels. Each circuit shall have a separate vertical panel with distinct
compartments for circuit breaker truck, cable termination, main busbars and auxiliary control
devices. The adjacent panels shall be completely separated by steel / Aluzinc sheets except
in bus bar compartments where insulated barriers shall be provided to segregate adjacent
panels. The Service Class Continuity of Switchgears shall be LSC 2B-PM (as per IS/ IEC
622771-200). However, manufacturer's standard switchgear designs without inter panel
barriers in busbar compartment may also be considered.
The circuit breakers and bus VTs shall be mounted on withdrawable trucks which shall roll out
horizontally from service position to isolated position. For complete withdrawal from the
panel, the truck shall rollout on the floor or shall roll out on telescopic rails. In case the later
arrangement is offered, suitable trolley shall be provided by the Bidder for withdrawal and
insertion of the truck from and into the panel at each location (switchgear room. Testing of
the breaker shall be possible in Isolated position by keeping the control plug connected.
The trucks shall have distinct SERVICE and ISOLATED positions. It shall be possible to close
the breaker compartment door in isolated position also, so that the switchgear retains its
specified degree of protection. Circuit Breaker rack-in and rack-out from Service to Test,
Test to Isolated position, or vice-versa shall be possible only in the compartment door
closed condition.While switchboard designs with doors for breaker compartments would be

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 77 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

preferred, standard designs of reputed switchgear manufacturers where the truck front
serves asthe compartment cover may also be considered provided the breaker
compartment is completely sealed from all other compartments and retains the IP-4X
degree of protection in the Isolated position. In case the latter arrangement is offered, the
Bidder shall explain how this sealing is achieved and shall include blanking covers one for
each size of panel per switchboard in his total Techno commercial bid price.
The switchgear assembly shall be dust, moisture, rodent and vermin proof, with the truck in any
position SERVICE, ISOLATED or removed, and all doors and covers closed. All doors,
removable covers and glass windows shall have gaskets all round with synthetic rubber or
neoprene gaskets.
The control/ relay compartments shall have degree of protection not less then IP 5X in
accordance with IS/IEC 60947. However, remaining compartments can have a degree of
protection of IP 4X. All louvers, if provided, shall have very fine brass or GI mesh screen.
Tight fitting gourmet / gaskets are to be provided at all openings in relay compartment.
Numerical Relays shall be fully Flush mounted on the switchgear panels at a suitable height.
Switchgear construction
It shall be such that the operating personnel are not endangered by breaker operation and
internal `explosions, and the front of the panels shall be specially designed to withstand
these. Pressure relief device shall be provided in each high voltage compartment of a panel,
so that in case of a fault in a compartment, the gases produced are safely vented out, thereby
minimizing the possibility of its spreading to other compartments and panels. The pressure
relief device shall not however reduce the degree of protection of panels under normal working
conditions. To demonstrate that the pressure relief device operates satisfactorily the
Contractor shall submit a type test report in line with IEC 62271-200 Annex - A, for each high
voltage chamber.
Enclosure shall be constructed with rolled steel / Aluzinc sections. The doors and covers shall
be constructed from cold rolled steel sheets of2.0 mm or higher thickness. Gland plates
shall be 2.5 mm thick made out of hot rolled or cold rolled steel sheets and for non-
magnetic material it shall be 3.0 mm.
Total height of the switchgear panels shall not exceed 2600mm. The height of switches,
pushbuttons and other hand operated devices shall not exceed 1800mm and shall not be
less than 700mm.
Necessary guide channels shall be provided in the breaker compartments for proper alignment
of plug and socket contacts when truck is being moved to SERVICE position. A crank or
lever arrangement shall preferably be provided for smooth and positive
Instrument Transformers for Switchgears

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 78 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All current and voltage transformers shall be completely encapsulated cast resin insulated type,
suitable for continuous operation at the ambient temperature prevailing inside the
switchgear enclosure, when the switchboard is operating at its rated load and the outside
ambient temperature is 50 deg. C. The class of insulation shall be E or better.
All instrument transformers shall withstand the power frequency and impulse test voltage
specified for the switchgear assembly. The current transformer shall further have the
dynamic and short time ratings at least equal to those specified for the associated
switchgear and shall safely withstand the thermal and mechanical stress produced by
maximum fault currents specified when mounted inside the switchgear for circuit breaker
modules.
The parameters of instrument transformers specified in this specification are tentative and shall
be finalized by the Employer in due course duly considering the actual burden of various
relays and other devices finally selected. In case the Bidder finds that the specified ratings
are not adequate for the relays and other devices offered by him, he shall offer instrument
transformer of adequate ratings and shall bring out this fact clearly in his Techno
commercial bid.
All instrument transformers shall have clear indelible polarity markings. All secondary terminals
shall be wired to separate terminals on an accessible terminal block.
Current transformers may be multi or single core and shall be located in the cable termination
compartment. All voltage transformers shall be single phase type. The bus VTs shall be
housed in a separate panel on a truck so as to be fully withdrawable.
Core balance CTs (CBCT) of ratio 50/1A shall be provided on outgoing transformer feeders
having phase CT ratio more than 50/1A. These CBCTs shall be mounted inside the
switchgear panel. The window size of CBCT's shall be based on the overall diameter of the
cables, to be finalized during detailed engineering. The CBCT shall be of circular window
type.
All voltage transformers shall have suitable HRC current limiting fuses on both primary and
secondary sides. Primary fuses shall be mounted on the withdrawable portion.
Replacement of the primary fuses shall be possible with VT truck in ISOLATED position.
The secondary fuses shall be mounted on the fixed portion and the fuse replacement shall
be possible without drawing out the VT truck from Service position
All voltage transformers shall be designed and manufactured for 0.8Tesla operating point on B-
H curve. VT shall be fully insulated type (i.e. double pole construction and neutral side fully
insulated to rated BIL). VT shall be manufactured without any joint in secondary winding.
Switchgear Wiring

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 79 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All Switchgear panels shall be supplied completely wired internally upto the terminal block ready
to receive Employer's external cabling. All inter cubicle wiring and connections between
panels of same switchboard including all bus wiring for AC and DC supplies shall be
provided / done by the Contractor.
All internal wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, single core,1.5 sq. mm. stranded copper
wires having minimum of seven strands per conductor and color coded, PVC insulation. CT
circuits shall be wired with 2.5 sq. mm. wires which otherwise are similar to the above. Extra
flexible wires shall be used for wiring between fixed and moving parts such as hinged
doors.
All wiring shall be properly supported neatly arranged, readily accessible and securely
connected to equipment, terminals and terminal blocks. Wiring troughs or gutters be used
for this purpose
Internal wire terminals shall be made with solderless crimping type tinned copper lugs which
shall firmly grip the conductor. Insulation sleeves shall be provided over the exposed parts
of lugs.
Printed single tube ferrules marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall be fitted at
both ends of each wire. The wire identification marking shall be in accordance with IS: 375.
Red Ferrules should be provided on trip circuit wiring.
Earth Bus And Earthing
A galvanized steel / Copper / Aluminium earth bus shall be provided at the bottom of each panel
and shall extend throughout the length of each switchboard. It shall be welded / bolted to
the framework of each panel and breaker earthing contact bar. Vertical earth bus shall be
provided in each vertical section which shall in turn be bolted / welded to main horizontal
earth bus.
The earth bus shall have sufficient cross section to carry the momentary short circuit
and short time fault current to earth, without exceeding the allowable temperature
rise.
Suitable arrangements shall be provided at each end of the horizontal earth bus for
bolting to earthing conductors. The horizontal earth bus shall project out of the
switchboard ends and shall have predrilled holes for this connection. All joint splices
to earth bus shall be made through at least two bolts, and taps by proper lug and
bolt connection.
All non-current carrying metal work of the switchboard shall be effectively bonded to
the earth bus. Electrical conductivity of the whole switchgear enclosure framework
and truck shall be maintained even after painting.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 80 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The carriage and breaker frame shall get earthed while being inserted in the panel
and positive earthing of the breaker frame shall be maintained in all positions, i.e.
SERVICE & ISOLATED, as well as throughout the intermediate travel.
Each module frame shall get engaged to the vertical earth bus before the
disconnecting contacts on the module are engaged to the vertical busbars.
All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel-mounted equipment shall
be connected to earth by independent stranded copper wires of size not less than
2.5 sq. mm. All the equipment mounted on the door shall be earthed through flexible
wire/braids. Insulation color code of earthing wires shall be green. Earthing wires
shall be connected to terminals with suitable clamp connectors, soldering is not
acceptable. Looping of earth connections, which would result in loss of earth
connections to other devices, when a device is removed, is not acceptable.
However, looping of earth connections between equipment to provide alternative
paths to earth bus is acceptable.
VT and CT secondary neutral point earthing shall be at one place only, i.e. on the
terminal block. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing of one
secondary circuit shall be removed without disturbing the earthing of other circuit.
All hinged doors having potential carrying equipment mounted on it shall be earthed
by flexible wire/ braid. For doors not having potential carrying equipment mounted
on it, earth continuity through scraping hinges/ hinge pins of proven design may also
acceptable. The Contractor shall establish earth continuity at site also.
The minimum clearance in air between phases and between phases and earth for
the entire run of horizontal and vertical busbars and bus- link connections at circuit-
breaker shall be 25mm. For all other components, the clearance between "two live
parts", "a live part and an earthed part", shall be at least ten (10) mm throughout.
Wherever it is not possible to maintain these clearances, insulation shall be provided
by sleeving or barriers. However, for horizontal and vertical busbars the clearances
specified above should be maintained even when the busbars are sleeved or
insulated. All connections from the busbars up to switch / fuses shall be fully
insulated and securely bolted to minimize the risk of phase to phase and phase to
earth short circuits.

Tests

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 81 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All equipment to be supplied shall be of type tested design. During detailed


engineering, the contractor shall submit for Owner's review the reports of all the
following type tests.
However if the contarctor is not able to submit the type tests reports or or in the case of type test
report(s) are not found to be meeting the specification requirements, the contractor shall
conduct all such tests under this contract free of at no additional cost.

Control Circuit
Control supply for breaker closing / tripping - 110V DC
Air Circuit Breaker spring charge motor 240 V AC, 1 phase
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers 240 V AC, 1 phase
Indications, annunciation 110V DC
Space heater, sockets, etc. 240 V AC, 1 phase

Bus Bar & Cable Cavity


The material for main bus bars and tap off bus bars shall be electrolytic grade
aluminium with HR PVC sleeved insulation
Bus bars shall be suitable for short circuit rating and current suitable for all
connected load.
Bottom cable entry for incoming and outgoing cables
A suitable gland plate shall be supplied for termination of power, control and
instrumentation cables.
Whenever feeders are housed in multi-tier configuration, these tiers shall be segregated by
sheet metal barriers.
Earthing: Earthing bus bar shall be terminated at both ends of the switchgear to suit the
connections to outside earthing conductor. All components inside the module are
required to be earthed individually and are to be looped and connected to the
horizontal earth bus.
Terminals:
CT circuit - Isolating link type terminals with shorting facility
PT circuit clip on type terminals
Spare contacts shall be wired up to terminal block. 10% spare terminals shall be
provided for each module
Specific Requirement

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 82 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All ACBs shall be 4 pole, electrically operated, draw-out type, with closing coil,
spring charge motor, trip coil, TNC switch for close and trip, manual closing and
tripping push buttons, door I/L, test and service position micro switches, emergency
P.B., safety shutters, etc. The circuit breaker shall be provided with anti-pumping
feature.
ACBs shall be complete with microprocessor release and shall be provided with over
current, short circuit and earth fault protections.
Minimum10% spare feeders of each rating shall be provided in the switchgear.
All current transformers shall have 5/1A secondary and all meters shall be suitable
for 5/1 A operation.
All indicating lamps shall be of LED cluster type. ACB feeders shall be provided with
ON, OFF, AUTOTRIP, SPRING CHARGED, TEST, SERVICE, TRIP CIRCUIT
HEALTHY indications
All indicating instruments shall be flush mounting, Digital, 96 sq.m size.
Window annunciator with hooter and accept, test, reset button shall be provided.
Necessary auxiliary relays for contact multiplication shall be provided in the panel.
The maximum temperature of the bus bars, droppers and contacts at continuous
current rating under site reference ambient temperature of 50 C shall not exceed
105 C.
Instrumentation: Switchgear instrumentation shall be provided as follows:
Mains Incomer Voltmeter with selector switch
Ammeter with selector switch
Power Factor meter
Frequency meter
TVM + MD meter
Potential indicating lamps
Outgoing Feeders
Ammeter with selector switch on all feeders
General Technical Specifications (LV Switch gear Panel)
The panel shall be self-supporting, free standing, floor mounted, modular type with
construction having degree of protection of IP 54 as per IS 2147.
The panel shall be fabricated from 14 SWG CRCA sheet steel for frame & load
bearing surfaces. Partitions may be fabricated from 16 SWG CRCA if no
components are mounted on them.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 83 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The panel shall be painted with 2 coats of primer after pre-treatment and 2 coats of
Polyurethane / epoxy paint with shade as decided by the Owner
Stiffeners shall be provided at corners & between modules to make panel rugged.
The stiffeners will necessarily be required for relay compartments or doors where
heavy components are mounted.
The openable covers shall be provided with lift off type hinges, quarter turn door
locks and flexible copper wire for earth connection.
The panel shall be dust and vermin proof. Synthetic or neoprene gaskets shall be
provided at all openings.
The panel shall be of dead front construction suitable for front operated and back
maintained functioning.
Panel shall be provided with fluorescent lamp of 20W capacity operated by door
operated limit switch. Panel shall also have space heaters and thermostat
arrangement.
Panel shall be provided with 3 pin switch socket combined unit of 5 Amp capacity.
Lifting hooks shall be provided at the top of the panel.
The hardware components used in the panel shall be hot dipped galvanized.
The control components shall be fixed on mounting plate by drilling & tapping.
Aluminium anodized legend plates shall be provided for all the components. For
components mounted on front face, legend plate from inside shall also be provided.
Pre-treatment by 7 tank process shall be done before painting / powder coating the
panel.
Panel shall have provision of drawing pocket.
The panel shall be designed to ensure maximum safet y during operation inspection,
connection of cables and maintenance. Inside panel, checking and removal of
components shall be possible without disturbing other units.
Cable entries will be from bottom. The opening of cable entry shall be covered by 3
mm thick gland plates.
The panel shall be provided with all necessary components / devices and
instruments as per the enclosed schematic diagram and functional requirements.
The components such as protective relays, auxiliary relays, push buttons, switches,
instruments shall be flush mounted on the front side of a panel.
The control wiring shall be done with PVC insulated flexible copper wire. For CT
secondary circuits 2.5 sq.mm wire shall be used. For control wiring 1.5 sq.mm wire
shall be used.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 84 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Earthing bus bar of suitable cross section shall be provided throughout the length of
panel.
The panel shall be fully wired all the terminals shall be brought out for cable
connections. 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each terminal block.
Separate terminal block shall be provided for different voltages. All wire shall have
P.V.C. ferrules as per wiring diagram.
Proper shrouding to incoming and outgoing terminals shall be provided to ensure
safety during operation, inspection and maintenance.
Indicating lamps shall be with multiple LEDs & shall be suitable for the voltage
specified.
All the components in the panel shall be properly labelled. The labels shall be made
of non-rusting metal or engraved PVC material properly fixed by screws.
The panel layout shall be made in such a way that it will always facilitate easy
removal and reconnection of control cables without disturbing other wiring.
Centre lines of control switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be matched
so as to give neat appearance. Similarly top lines of indicating instruments and
relays shall also be matched.
The panel shall be provided with electrolytic grade aluminium bus bar of suitable
cross section so as to maintain max current density of 0.8 AMP/ Sq.mm.
Bus bars shall be provided with colour coded heat shrinkable sleeves.
Bus bars shall be supported by high quality epoxy insulators provided at specified
distances so as to withstand to the given fault level.
The bus bar chambers shall be provided with suitable ventilation arrangements so
as to limit the maximum temperature of 85C while carrying rated current.
Proper clearance of minimum 25 mm shall be maintained between phase bus bars
and between bus bars.
The panel shall be inspected at manufactures works before dispatch to site at the
discretion of SJVN.
All routine tests shall be carried out on the panel in presence of SJVN or their
representative or its representative. These tests shall include following:
Verification of components ratings and operation.
High voltage measurement test.
Insulation Resistance measurement.
Control testing
Review on following drawings shall be obtained before manufacturing the panels

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 85 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

General arrangement drawing


Wiring Diagram.
Detail bill of material
Bidder shall provide 132 kV transmission with bay and metering on Turnkey basis as per
RVPN requirement.

6.33 Connecting Substation and cable laying/overhead line.

6.34 Metering System

Energy meter shall be provided as approved by RVPN to measure the delivered quantum
of energy to the grid for sale. The responsibility of arranging for the meter, its
inspection/calibration/testing charges etc. rests with the Bidder. All charges incurred on
Meter testing, shall be borne by the Bidder. Energy metering system is to be approved by
RVPN and comply with NTPC and SPIA requirements.

Meter must be provided with the necessary data cables.Separate metering system has to be
provided for L.T. (incoming) and H.T. (outgoing) supply.
The Bidder shall provide ABT compliant meters at the interface points.
Interface metering shall conform to the Central Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation
Meters) Regulation 2006.
Meter shall be suitable for interfacing for synchronizing the built-in clock of the meter by GPS
time synchronization equipment existing at the station either through a synchronization
pulse received from the time synchronization equipment or through a remote PC
synchronized to GPS clock shall also be in the scope of Bidder. All the hardware required
for interconnection,synchronisation,commissioning shall be in scope of bidder. All type tests
reports should comply with IEC 62052-11/62053-22 and compliant with RVPN
SPECIFICATION.
All charges for testing and passing of the meter with relevant government agency shall be borne
by Bidder, the Employer will assist Bidder for necessary document as an when required.
ABT compliant Energy Meters shall have technical specification as given below (not limited to
specified requirement, Bidder can provide Meter with latest facilities):
Shall be microprocessor-based conforming to IEC 60687 / IEC 6205211/ IEC 62053-22 / IS
14697 IEC 62056/IS15959 for category B.
Shall carry out measurement of active energy (both import and export) and reactive energy
(import) by 3-phase, 4 wire principle suitable for balanced/ unbalanced 3 phase load.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 86 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Shall have an accuracy of energy measurement of at least Class 0.2 for active energy and at
least Class 0.5 for reactive energy according to IEC 60687, and shall be connected to Class
0.2 CT cores and Class 0.2 VT windings.
The active and reactive energy shall be directly computed in CT & VT primary ratings.
Shall compute the net MWh and MVARh during each successive 15- minute block metering
interval along with a plus/minus sign, instantaneous net MWh, instantaneous net MVARh,
average frequency of each 15 minutes, net active energy at midnight, net reactive energy
for voltage low and high conditions at each midnight.
Each energy meter shall have a display unit with a seven digit display unit. It shall display the
net MWh and MVARh with a plus/minus sign and average frequency during the previous
metering interval; peak MW demand since the last demand reset; accumulated total
(instantaneous) MWh and MVARh with a plus/minus sign, date and time; and instantaneous
current and voltage on each phases.
All the registers shall be stored in a non-volatile memory. Meter registers for each metering
interval, as well as accumulated totals, shall be downloadable. All the net active/reactive
energy values displayed or stored shall be with a plus /minus sign for export/import.
At least the following data shall be stored before being over-written for the following parameters.
S.
Parameters Details Min No of days
No.
1 Net MWh 15 min. block 90 days in meter
2 Average Frequency 15 min. block 90 days in meter
3 Net MVARh for > 103% 15 min. block 90 days in meter

4 Cumulative net MWh At every mid night 30 days in meter/ 90 days in PC

Cumulative net MVARh for


5 At every mid night 30 days in meter/ 90 days in PC
>103%
Date & time blocks for VT failure
6
on any phase
Shall have a built in clock and calendar with an accuracy of less than 15 seconds
per month drift without assistance of external time synchronizing pulse.
Date/time shall be displayed on demand. The clock shall be synchronized by GPS
time synchronization equipment existing at the station provided by Bidder.
The meter shall be suitable to operate with power drawn from the VT supplies. The
burden of the meters shall be less than maximum 2 VA.
The power supply to the meter shall be healthy even with a single- phase VT supply.
An automatic backup, in the event of non-availability of voltage in all the phases,
shall be provided by a built in long life battery and shall not need replacement for at
least 10 years with a continuous VT interruption of at least 2 years. Date and time of

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 87 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

VT interruption and restoration shall be automatically stored in a non-volatile


memory.
Even under the absence of VT input, energy meter display shall be available and it
shall be possible to download data from the energy meters.
Shall have an optical port on the front of the meter for data collection from either a
hand held meter reading instrument (MRI) having a display for energy readings or
from a notebook computer with suitable software.
The meter shall have means to test MWh and MVARh accuracy and calibration at
site in-situ and test terminal blocks shall be provided for the same. Each meter shall
have a unique identification code provided by the owner and shall be permanently
marked on the front of the meter and stored in the movable mem
The Owner shall have the right to carry out surprise inspections of the Metering
Systems from time to time to check their accuracy.

6.35 SCADA and Remote Monitoring System

The plant shall be automatically operated and shall be controlled by microprocessor based
control system SCADA. There shall be simultaneous data logging, recording and display
system for continuous monitoring of data for different parameters of different sub systems,
power supply of the power plant at DC side and AC side.
An integrated SCADA shall be supplied which should be capable of communicating with all
inverters and provide information of the entire Solar PV Grid interactive power plant.
Computer-aided data acquisition unit shall be a separate & individual system comprising of
different transducers to read the different variable parameters, A/D converter, multiplexer,
de multiplexer, interfacing hardware & software, which will be robust & rugged suitable to
operate in the control room Environment.
Reliable sensors for solar insolation, temperature, and other weather and electrical parameters
are to be supplied with the data logger unit.
All data shall be recorded chronologically date wise. The data file should be MS Excel
compatible. The data logger shall have internal reliable battery backup and data storage
capacity to record all sorts of data simultaneously round the clock. All data shall be stored in
a common work sheet chronologically and representation of monitored data shall be in
graphics mode or in tabulation form. All instantaneous data can be shown in the Computer
Screen. Provision should be available for Remote Monitoring.
The Bill of Materials associated with the equipment must clearly indicate especially the details
about the PC and Printers, etc.
The Data Acquisition System should be housed in a desk made of steel sheet.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 88 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SCADA shall measure and continuously record electrical parameters and provide following data
at a 5-15 minute interval.
Energy export to grid at 66kV
Main combiner box parameters
Inverter level parameters
Parameters at 11kV terminal
Parameters at 66kV terminal
Power characteristics of HT side
Ambient temperature near array field
Module surface temperature
Wind Speed and direction
Solar irradiation/isolation
Any other parameter considered necessary by supplier based on current prudent practice
SCADA shall provide 15 minute daily, monthly and annual average of following parameters:
Exported Energy to grid at 66 kV
Energy, DC and AC voltage, power and pf of each inverter
Solar Radiation
Temperature (ambient and module surface)
All data shall be recorded chronologically date wise. The data file should be MS Excel
compatible. The data logger shall have internal reliable battery backup and data storage
capacity to record all sorts of data simultaneously round the clock. All data shall be stored in
a common work sheet chronologically. Representation of monitored data should be in
graphics mode or in tabulation form. All instantaneous data should be shown in the
Computer Screen.
SCADA shall have feature to be integrated with the local system as well remotely via the web
using either a standard modem or a GSM/WIFI modem. The Bidder shall provide
compatible software and hardware so that data can be transmitted via. Standard modem.
SCADA shall be provided with reliable power supply along with backup supply for at least one
hour to cater to outage of grid.
The SCADA shall be compatible to the requirements for measuring and reporting the
performance-ratio of the power plant.
The Contractor shall provide all administrative rights/ privileges/passwords of the SCADA
system to the Employer.
The Bidder shall submit the data sheet with technical specifications of the SCADA system.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 89 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The PC shall be of Industrial type, rugged & robust in nature to operate in a hostile environment.
The PC shall have minimum Intel Core 2 Duo processor having 2 X 150 GB HDD with 4 GB
RAM. The PC shall also have 17 TFT Colour monitor, DVD Drive with Writer, Floppy Drive,
USB drive, Scroll Mouse and UPS for 4 hours Power back up.
The printer shall be of industrial type, rugged & robust in nature and of reputed make. The
printer shall be equipped for printing, scanning, copying and fax.
The SCADA shall be latest OPC version 2.05a or higher compliant and implement a OPC- DA
2.05a server as per the specification of OPC Foundation.
SCADA system shall support Modbus (TCP/IP RS-485, RTU, ASCII) standard protocols
(included but not limited to) to communicate with different sub system/Devices.

6.36 PARMETRIC REQIUREMENTS

The control system shall be designed such that under worst case loading conditions the
response time shall not be worst than following:-
On/Off Command The response time for screen update after
the execution of the control command from
the time the command is issued shall be two
seconds
Adjustment Command 0.5-1 second
On screen updating 1 second
All control related displays 1 second
Group review displays 2 to 3 seconds
X-T plot Displays 1 to 2 seconds

6.37 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (DCS) AT MAIN CONTROL ROOM

The Data Communication System shall include a redundant Main System Bus with hot back-up.
Other applicable bus systems like cubicle bus, local bus, I/O bus etc shall be redundant
except for backplane buses which can be non-redundant.

The DCS shall have the following minimum features


The design shall be such as to minimize interruption of sigls. It shall ensure that a
single failure anywhere in the media shall cause no more than a single message to
be disrupted and that message shall automatically be retransmitted. Any failure or
physical removal of any station/module connected to the system bus shall not result
in loss of any communication function to and from any other station/module.
If the system bus requires a master bus controller philosophy, it shall employ
redundant master bus controller with automatic switchover facility.
Built-in diagnostics shall be provided for easy fault detection.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 90 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Communication error detection and correction facility (ECC) shall be provided at all
levels of communication. Failure of one bus and changeover to the standby system
bus shall be automatic and completely bump less and the same shall be suitably
alarmed/logged.
The design and installation of the system bus shall take care of the environmental
conditions as applicable.
Data transmitting speed shall be sufficient to meet the responses of the system in
terms of displays, control etc. plus 25% spare capacity shall be available for future
expansion.
Contractor shall employ redundant Fibre optic backbone (Ring topology or better) for
data communication between Inverter rooms and main control room. .

OPERATOR INTERFACE DISPLAYS/LOGS/REPORTS


Suitable Operator Interface Displays/Logs/Reports for control operation & monitoring shall be
provided. The details shall be finalized during detailed Engg. stage.
Minimum quantities shall be as follows:-
Various displays on the OWS shall as a minimum include P&ID displays or mimic,
bar chart displays, X-Y & X-T plot (trend) displays, operator guidance message
displays, group displays, plant start-up/shutdown message displays, system status
displays etc. Number of displays and the exact functionality shall be on as required
basis and as finalized during detailed engineering subject to the minimum quantities
as given in subsequent clauses. For X-T & X-Y plots, the facility of providing a
background grid on operator request shall be variable with adequate no. Of divisions
in both co-ordinates

The minimum quantity of major types of displays per unit shall be as follows:

a) Control displays (group/sub-group/ (On as reqd. sequence/loop) basis


subject to 100 minimum)

b) P&ID/ mimic display 20

c) X-Y Plot (with superimposed operating 25 + 25 curves + using user


selectable store data)

d) Group displays 20

e) Operator guidance message 10

f) System status & other diagnostic on as required display

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 91 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The assignment for the above will be done by the contractor as per the requirement
of operation of contractor's system as well as for maintenance. The balance displays
shall be left as spare for future modification/addition.
CONTROL & POWER SUPPLY SCHEME
Contractor shall provide the UPS/DC Power supply of suitable rating to cater all the load
requirements of SCADA system and its auxiliaries.The power backup for the entire
system should be at least for 02 hours.

TIME SYNCHRONIZATION AND INTERFACE WITH PI SERVER


The contractor will provide at least one GPS time synchronizing unit ,, which shall be
synchronized with the SCADA system and all devices which are communicating with Solar
SCADA shall be synchronized with GPS time synchronizing unit.

6.38 DC Battery & Charger

Adequate capacity DC battery Bank should be provided for emergency control supply of
inverters, control / protection system & emergency lighting. A appropriate capacity battery
charger with relevant IS/IEC standards & protection and automatic change over system
should be provided to charge the battery bank along with relay circuit, fuses, annunciations
and remote operating and controlling facility from the Main Control Room.
A DC power supply Distribution panel/board should be supplied along with the Charger as per
relevant IS standards. Control room DC Battery Bank & DC supply system theoretical
design, calculations and detailed explanations along with drawing shall be provided and
approved by the Employer.
DC Batteries the batteries shall have the following specifications:

Type : Nickel Cadmium Stationary, sealed type, storage battery.


Rating : 110 V D.C., Minimum 80 Ah at 8 Hour rate of discharge.
Standard : IS 1651 1979 ; performance as per IS 8702
Container : Plastic Resin, ABS or PP
Terminal Posts : Designed suitably to accommodate external bolted connections
The battery shall be provided with epoxy paint coated exhaust fan for removal of gasses
released from the battery cells.
The data sheet for the battery shall be submitted along with the bid for evaluation.

6.39 Power and Control Cables specifications

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 92 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The size of each type of cable selected shall be based on minimum voltage drop; however the
maximum drop shall be limited to 2%. Due consideration shall be made for the de-rating of
the cables with respect to the laying pattern in buried trenches / on cable trays, while sizing
the cables.
All cables shall be supplied in the single largest length to restrict the straight- through joints to
the minimum number.
PV Modules should be connected with USE-2/RHW-2 cables array to junction box conductors
and junction box to photovoltaic disconnector with the THHN/THWN-2 sunlight resistant
with 90C wet rated insulation cable.
Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. No cable joint to join two cable ends shall be
accepted. All cable/wires shall be marked with good quality letter and number ferrules of
proper sizes so that the cables can be identified easily.
Cable terminations shall be made with suitable cable lugs & sockets etc, crimped properly and
passed through brass compression type cable glands at the entry & exit point of the
cubicles.
All high voltage cables connecting the main junction box/string inverters to the transformers
should be PVC insulated grade conforming to IS 1554 and cables shall also conform to IEC
60189 for test and measuring the methods.
Irrespective of utilization voltage and current rating all type of power cables shall be minimum of
1100 V grade PVC insulated conforming to IS 1554 / IS 694 for working voltage less than
150 V control cable shall be of minimum 500 V grade, the control and power cable has to be
laid separately. All LT XLPE cables shall confirm to IS: 7098 Part I & II. All HT XLPE Cables
Shall confirm IS: 7098 PART-3 & IEC -60287, IEC-60332
The cables shall be adequately insulated for the voltage required and shall be suitably colour
coded for the required service. Bending radii for cables shall be as per manufacturer's
recommendations and IS: 1255.
Cables inside the control room and in the switchyard shall be laid in Galvanized Cable Trays
mounted on mild steel supports duly painted, in constructed trenches with RCC raft and
brick sidewalls and provided with removable RCC covers.
Data sheets of individual cable sizes (HT & LT) shall be submitted for approval by Owner.
Drum numbers and drum length details shall be submitted with each consignment.
The contractor shall be responsible for laying underground XPLE cable/overhead line up to
RVPN pooling Substation.

6.40 DC Cables

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 93 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The DC Cables in a solar PV plant are used in the following areas


Interconnecting SPV modules
From SPV Modules upto String Monitoring Unit(SMU)
From SMU upto the Inverter.

DC CABLES (Interconnecting SPV MODULES and from SPV Modules to SMU)


Cables used for inter-connecting SPV modules as well as Modules to SMU's shall conform
to the requirements of TUV specification 2 Pfg1169/08.2007 or EN 50618 for DC cable for
photovoltaic system.
These cables shall meet the fire resistance requirement as per TUV specification 2 Pfg
1169/08.2007 and shall be electron beam cured.
The Cables used for (+) ve and ()ve shall have distinct color identification on outer sheeth
of the cable preferably with identifiable line along the cable. Insulation of the cable shall
have natural color without any color additive.
In addition to manufacturer's identification on cables as per TUV, following marking shall
also be provided over outer sheath.

(a.) Cable size and voltage grade


(b.) Sequential marking of length of the cable in metres at every
one metre
DC CABLES (SMU's TO INVERTER)
Cables used between SMU's and Inverters shall be of min. 1.5 kV (DC) grade. These Power
cables shall have compacted Aluminium/copper conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC inner-
sheathed (as applicable), Armoured/Unarmoured, FRLS PVC outer sheathed conforming to
IS: 7098 (Part-I).
HT CABLES
CODES
IS:7098 Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cable for(Part - II) working voltage
from 3.3KV upto & including 33 KV
IS : 3961 Recommended current ratings for cables
IS : 3975 Low Carbon Galvanized steel wires, formed wires and tapes for armouring of cables.
IS : 4905 Methods for random sampling.
IS : 5831 PVC insulation and sheath of electrical cables.
IS : 8130 Conductors for insulated electrical cables and flexible cords.
IS : 10418 Specification for drums for electric cables.
IS : 10810 Methods of tests for cables.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 94 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

ASTM-D -2843 Standard test method for density of smoke from the burning or
decomposition of plastics.
ASTM-D-2863 Standard method for measuring the minimum oxygen concentration to
support candle like combustion of plastics.
IEC-754 (Part-I) Test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables.
IEEE-383 Standard for type test of Class IE Electric Cables.
IEC -332 Tests on Electric cables under fire conditions.
Part-3 : Tests on bunched wires or cables (category -B)

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
The cables shall be suitable for laying on racks, in ducts, trenches, conduits and
underground (buried) installation with chances of flooding by water.
Cables shall be flame retardant, low smoke (FRLS) type designed to withstand all
mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses develop under steady state and transient
operating conditions as specified elsewhere in this specification.
Copper/aluminium conductor used in power cables shall have tensile strength as per
relevant standards. Conductors shall be multi stranded.
XLPE insulation shall be suitable for continuous conductor temperature of 90 deg. C and
short circuit conductor temperature of 250 deg C.
PVC insulation shall be suitable for continuous conductor temperature of 70 deg C and
short circuit conductor temperature of 160 deg. C.
The cable cores shall be laid up with fillers between the cores wherever necessary. It shall
not stick to insulation and inner sheath. All the cables, other than single core unarmoured
cables, shall have distinct extruded PVC inner sheath of black colour as per IS : 5831.
For single core armoured cables, armouring shall be of aluminum wires. For multi core
armoured cables armouring shall be of galvanized steel as follows: -

Calculated Nominal Dia of Cable under Size and type of Armour


Armour
Upto 13 MM 1.4mm dia GS wire
Above 13 upto 25 mm 0.8 mm thick GS formed wire/ 1.6 mm dia GS wire

Above 25 upto 40 mm 0.8 mm thick GS formed wire/2.0 mm dia GS wire


Above 40 upto 55 mm 1.4 mm thick GS formed wire/2.5 mm dia GS wire

Above 55 upto 70 mm 1.4 mm thick GS formed wire/3.15 mm dia GS wire

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 95 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Above 70 mm 1.4 mm thick GS formed wire/4.o mm dia GS wire

The aluminium used for armouring shall be of H4 grade as per IS:8130 with maximum
resistivity of 0.028264 ohm-sq. mm/ mtr. at 20 deg.C. The types and sizes of aluminium
armouring shall be same as indicated for galvanised steel.
Outer sheath shall be of PVC black in colour. In addition to meeting all the requirements of
Indian standards referred to, outer sheath of all the cables shall have the following FRLS
properties.
Oxygen index of min. 29 (to ASTMD 2863)
Acid gas emission of max. 20% (to IEC-754-I).
Smoke density rating shall not be more than 60% duringSmoke Density
Test as per ASTMD-2843.
Cores of the cables of unto 3 cores shall be identified by colouring of insulation or by
providing coloured tapes helically over the cores with Red, Yellow & Blue colours.
In addition to manufacturer's identification on cables as per IS, following marking shall also
be provided over outer sheath:
Cable size and voltage grade - To be embossed
Word 'FRLS' at every 5 metre - To be embossed
Screen Fault current _ _ _KA for _ _ _ Sec. ( Value of current & time
shall be indicated)
Sequential marking of length of the cable in metres at every one metre. -
To be embossed / printed
CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES OF 11 KV AND ABOVE GRADE CABLES
Cables shall conform to IS: 7098 Part - II. These cables shall have mutli- stranded,
compacted circular, aluminium conductors, XLPE insulated, metallic screened suitable for
carrying the system earth fault current, PVC outer sheathed. The conductor screen and
insulation screen shall both be of extruded semiconducting compound and shall be applied
along with the XLPE insulation in a single operation of triple extrusion process so as to
obtain continuously smooth interfaces. Method of curing for cables shall be dry curing /
gas curing.
LT CABLES
LT Power & control cables shall be of minimum 1100 volts grade XLPE / PVC insulated
conforming to IS 1554 for utilization voltages less than equal to 415 V. XLPE insulation
shall be suitable for a continuous conductor temperature of 90 deg. C and short circuit
conductor temperature of 250 deg C. PVC insulation shall be suitable for continuous
conductor temperature of 70 deg C and short circuit conductor temperature of 160 deg. C.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 96 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The cable cores shall be laid up with fillers between the cores wherever necessary. It shall
not stick to insulation and inner sheath. All the cables, other than single core unarmoured
cables, shall have distinct extruded PVC inner sheath of black colour as per IS : 5831.
Outer sheath shall be of PVC as per IS: 5831 & black in colour for power cables. In addition
to meeting all the requirements of Indian standards referred to, outer sheath of all the
cables shall have the following FRLS properties.

Oxygen index of min. 29 (as per IS 10810 Part-58)


Acid gas emission of max. 20% (as per IEC-754-I).
Smoke density rating shall not be more than 60 % (as per ASTMD-
2843).
CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES FOR LT POWER CABLES
1.1 KV grade XLPE power cables shall have compacted aluminium/ copper conductor,
XLPE insulated, PVC inner-sheathed (as applicable), armoured/ unarmoured, PVC outer-
sheathed conforming to IS:7098. (Part-I). Cables which are directly buried shall be
armoured.
1.1KV grade PVC power cables shall have aluminium/copper conductor (compacted type
for sizes above 10 sq.mm), PVC Insulated, PVC inner sheathed (as applicable) armoured/
unarmoured, PVC outer-sheathed conforming to IS:1554 (Part-I).
TESTS FOR LT CABLESTE IS TO BE OBT
Note: The contractor shall have to submit only type test reports for owners review.
However if the reports is not meeting technical specifications then the tests shall be
conducted free of cost by the contractor. Type test reports of the following needs to be
furnished by the bidder.
SI TYPE TEST REMARKS
CONDUCTOR
1 Resistance test
2 Tensile test For circular non compacted only
3 Wrapping test For circular non compacted only
For Armour wires/Formed wires
4 Measurement of Dimensions
5 Tensile test
6 Elongation test
7 Torsion test For round wires only
8 Wrapping test For aluminium wires/ Formed wires
9 Resistance test
10(a) Mass & uniformity of Zinc Coating tests For GS formed wires/wires only
10(b) Adhesion test For GS formed wires/wires only
11 Adhesion test For GS formed wires/wires only
For PVC /XLPE insulation & PVC sheath
12 Test for thickness

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 97 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

13 Tensile strength and elongation test


before aging and after ageing
14 Ageing in air oven
15 Loss of mass test For PVC insulation and sheath only
16 Hot deformation test For PVC insulation and sheath only
17 Heat deformation test For PVC insulation and sheath only
18 Shrinkage test
19 Thermal stability test For PVC insulation and sheath only
20 Hot set test For XLPE insulation only
21 Water Absorption test For XLPE insulation only
22 Oxygen index test For outer sheath only
23 Smoke density test For outer sheath only
24 Acid gas emission test For outer sheath only
TYPE, ROUTINE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS
The reports for following type tests shall be furnished for 11kV and above grade HT cables.
The type tests reports shall be submtted by contractor for the owners review . However if
the contractor is not able to submit type test reports or reports doesnt meet the
specification then contractor shall conduct it free of cost.
Sno Type test Remarks
CONDUCTOR
1 Resistance test
For Armour Wires/Formed Wires
2 Measurement of Dimensions
3 Tensile Test
4 Elongation Test
5 Torsion Test For round wires only
6 Wrapping Test
7 Resistance test
8(a) Mass & uniformity of Zinc Coating tests For GS wires / formed wires only
8(b) Adhesion Test For GS wires / formed wires only
For XLPE insulation & PVC sheath
9 Test for thickness
10 Ageing in air oven
11 Loss of mass test For PVC outer sheath only
12 Hot deformation test For PVC outer sheath only
13 Heat Shock test For PVC outer sheath only
14 Shrinkage test
15 Thermal Stability tset For PVC outer sheath only
16 Hot set test For XLPE insulation only
17 Water absorption test For XLPE insulation only
18 Oxygen index test For PVC outer sheath only
19 Smoke density test For PVC outer sheath only
20 Acid gas generation test For PVC outer sheath only
21 Flammability test as per IEC 332 Part - For completed cable only
3 ( category B)

The reports for following type tests shall be furnished for each type(voltage grade) & size of
the cable

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 98 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SI TypeTest for all cables


1 Insulation Resistance test(Volume Resistivity method)
2 High voltage test
For cables of 11 kv and above Grade only
3 Partial discharge test
4 Bending test
5 Dielectric power factor test
a) As a function of voltage
b) As a function of temperature
6 Heating cycle test
7 Impulse withstand test

6.41 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURE FOR CABLING

Inter Plant Cabling


Interplant cabling for main routes shall be laid in Cable trenches/cable trays/buried/duct
banks. In case of Duct banks, pull-pits shall be filled with sand and provided with a PCC
covering. All buried cables shall be armoured
Trenches
PCC flooring of built up trenches shall be sloped for effective drainage with sump pits and
sump pumps
General
The cable slits to be used for motor/equipment power/control supply shall be sand filled &
covered with PCC after cabling.
Sizing criteria, derating factors for the cables shall be met as per respective chapters.
However for the power cables, the minimum conductor size shall be 6 sq.mm. for
aluminium conductor and 2.5 sq.mm. for copper conductor cable.
Conscious exceptions to the above guidelines may be accepted under special conditions
but suitable measures should be taken at such location to:
Meet all safety requirements
Safeguard against fire hazards, mechanical damage, flooding of water, oil
accumulation, electrical faults/interferences, etc

6.42 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

CABLE TRAYS, Fittings& Accessories


Cable trays shall be ladder/perforated type as specified complete with matching fittings (like
brackets, elbows, bends, reducers, tees, crosses, etc.) accessories (like side coupler
plates, etc. and hardware (like bolts, nuts, washers, G.I. strap, hook etc.) as required. Cable
tray shall be ladder type for power & control cables and perforated for instrumentation
cables.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 99 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Cable trays, fittings and accessories shall be fabricated out of rolled mild steel sheets free
from flaws such as laminations, rolling marks, pitting etc. These (including hardware) shall
be hot dip galvanized as per relevant IS.
Cable trays shall have standard width of 150 mm, 300 mm & 600 mm and standard lengths
of 2.5 metre. Thickness of mild steel sheets used for fabrication of cable trays and fittings
shall be 2 mm. The thickness of side coupler plates shall be 3 mm.
Cable troughs shall be required for branching out few cables from main cable route. These
shall be U-shaped, fabricated of mild steel sheets of thickness 2 mm and shall be hot dip
galvanised as per relevant IS. Troughs shall be standard width of 50 mm & 75 mm with
depth of 25 mm
Support System for Cable Trays
Support system for cable trays shall essentially comprise of the two components i.e. main
support channel and cantilever arms. The main support channel shall be of two types : (i)
C1:- having provision of supporting cable trays on one side and (ii) C2:-having provision of
supporting cable trays on both sides. The support system shall be the type described
hereunder:
PIPES, FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES
Pipes offered shall be complete with fittings and accessories (like tees, elbows, bends,
check nuts, bushings, reducers, enlargers, coupling caps, nipples etc.) The size of the
pipe shall be selected on the basis of maximum 40% fill criteria. GI Pipes shall be of
medium duty as per IS:1239. Duct banks shall be High Density PE pipes encased in PCC
(10% spare of each size, subject to minimum one) with suitable water-proof manholes.
Hume pipes shall be NP3 type as per IS 458
Terminations & Straight Through Joints
Termination and jointing kits for XLPE insulated cables shall be of proven design and make
which have already been extensively used and type tested. Termination kits and jointing
kits shall be pre-moulded type, taped type or heat shrinkable type.
Joints and terminations shall be type tested as per IS:13573. 3.3kV grade joints and
terminations shall be type tested as per VDE0278. Critical components used in cable
accessories shall be of tested and proven quality as per relevant product specification/ESI
specification. Kit contents shall be supplied from the same source as were used for type
testing. The kit shall be complete with the aluminium solderless crimping type cable lugs &
ferrule as per DIN standard.
Straight through joint and termination shall be capable of withstanding the fault level for the
system.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 100 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Cable glands
Cable shall be terminated using double compression type cable glands. Cable glands shall
conform to BS:6121 and be of robust construction capable of clamping cable and cable
armour (for armoured cables) firmly without injury to insulation. Cable glands shall be made
of heavy duty brass machine finished and nickel chrome plated. Thickness of plating
shall not be less than 10 micron. All washers and hardware shall also be made of brass
with nickel chrome plating Rubber components shall be of neoprene or better synthetic
material and of tested quality. Cable glands shall be suitable for the sizes of cable
supplied/erected.
Cable lugs/ferrules
Cable lugs/ferrules for power cables shall be tinned copper solderless crimping type
suitable for aluminium compacted conductor cables. Cable lugs and ferrules for control
cables shall be tinned copper type. The cable lugs for control cables shall be provided
with insulating sleeve and shall suit the type of terminals provided on the
equipments. Cable lugs and ferrule shall conform to relevant standard
Receptacles
Receptacles boxes shall be fabricated out of MS sheet of 2mm thickness and hot dipped
gavanised or of die-cast aluminium alloy of thickness not less than 2.5 mm. The boxes
shall be provided with two nos. earthing terminals, gasket to achieve IP55 degree of
protection, terminal blocks for loop-in loop-out for cable of specified sizes, mounting
brackets suitable for surface mounting on wall/column/structure, gland plate etc. The ON-
OFF switch shall be rotary type heavy duty, double break,AC23 category, suitable for AC
supply. Plug and Socket shall be shrouded Die-cast aluminium. Socket shall be provided
with lid safety cover. Robust mechanical interlock shall be provided such that the switch
can be put ON only when the plug is fully engaged and plug can be withdrawn only when
the switch is in OFF position. Also cover can be opened only when the switch is in OFF
position. Wiring shall be carried out with 1100 V grade PVC insulated stranded
aluminium/copper wire of adequate size. The Terminal blocks shall be of 1100 V grade.
The Terminal blocks shall be of 1100 V grade made up of unbreakable polymide 6.6
grade with adequate current rating and size. The welding receptacles shall be
provided with inbuilt ELCB rated for suitable mA sensitivity.

6.43 InstallationCable tray and Support System Installation

Cables shall run in cable trays mounted horizontally or vertically on cable tray support
system which in turn shall be supported from floor, ceiling, overhead structures, trestles,
pipe racks, trenches or other building structures.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 101 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Horizontally running cable wqarms and ve vcrtically running cable trays shall be bolted to
main support channel by suitable bracket/clamps on both top and bottom side rails at an
interval of 2000 mm in general. For vertical cable risers/shafts cable trays shall be
supported at an interval of 1000mm in general. Fixing of cable trays to cantilever arms or
main support channel by welding shall not be accepted. Cable tray installation shall
generally be carried out as per the approved guidelines/ drawings. Vendor shall design the
support system along with tray, spacing etc in line with relevant standard .
The cantilever arms shall be positioned on the main support channel with a minimum
vertical spacing of 300 mm unless otherwise indicated.
The contractor shall fix the brackets/ clamps/ insert plates using anchor fasteners. Minimum
size of anchor fasteners shall be M 8 X 50 and material shall be stainless steel grade 316
or better. Anchor fastener shall be fixed as recommended by manufacturer and as
approved by site engineer. For brick wall suitable anchor fasteners shall be used as per the
recommendations of manufacturer. Make of anchor fasteners subject to QA approval.
All cable way sections shall have identification, designations as per cable way layout
drawings and painted/stenciled at each end of cable way and where there is a branch
connection to another cable way. Minimum height of letter shall be not less than 75 mm.
For long lengths of trays, the identification shall be painted at every 10 meter. Risers shall
additionally be painted/stenciled with identification numbers at every floor.
In certain cases it may be necessary to site fabricate portions of trays, supports and other
non standard bends where the normal prefabricated trays, supports and accessories may
not be suitable. Fabricated sections of trays, supports and accessories to make the
installation complete at site shall be neat in appearance and shall match with the
prefabricated sections in the dimensions. They shall be applied with one coat of red lead
primer, one coat of oil primer followed by two finishing coats of aluminium paint.

6.44 Conduits/Pipes/Ducts Installation

The Contractor shall ensure for properly embedding conduit pipe sleeves wherever
necessary for cabling work. All openings in the floor/roof/wall / cable tunnel/cable trenches
made for conduit installation shall be sealed and made water proof by the Contractor.
GI pull wire of adequate size shall be laid in all conduits before installation. Metallic conduit
runs at termination shall have two lock nuts wherever required for junction boxes etc.
Conduit runs/sleeves shall be provided with PVC bushings having round edge at each end.
All conduits/pipes shall have their ends closed by caps until cables are pulled. After cables
are pulled, the ends of conduits/pipes shall be sealed with Glass wool/Cement Mortar/Putty
to prevent entrance of moisture and foreign material

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 102 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Exposed conduit/pipe shall be adequately supported by racks, clamps, straps or by other


approved means. Conduits /pipe support shall be installed square and true to line and
grade with an average spacing between the supports as given below, unless specified
otherwise
For bending of conduits, bending machine shall be arranged at site by the contractor to
facilitate cold bending. The bends formed shall be smooth.

6.45 Cable Installation

For Cable Unloading, pulling etc. following guidelines shall be followed:


Cable installation shall be carried out as per IS:1255 and other applicable standards.
Cable drums shall be unloaded, handled and stored in an approved manner on hard and
well drained surface so that they may not sink. In no case shall be drum be stored flat i.e.
with flange horizontal. Rolling of drums shall be avoided as far as possible. For short
distances, the drums may be rolled provided they are rolled slowly and in proper direction
as marked on the drum. In absence of any indication, the drums may be rolled in the same
direction as it was rolled during taking up the cables. For unreeling the cable, the drum shall
be mounted on suitable jacks or on cable wheels and shall be rolled slowly so that cable
comes out over the drum and not from below. All possible care shall be taken during
unreeling and laying to avoid damage due to twist, kink or sharp bends. Cable ends shall
be provided with sealed plastic caps to prevent damage and ingress of moisture.
Cables shall be laid on cable trays strictly in line with cable schedule
Power and control cables shall be laid on separate tiers in line with approved
guidelines/drawings. The laying of different voltage grade cables shall be on different tiers
according to the voltage grade of the cables. In horizontal tray stacks, H.T. cables shall be
laid on topmost tier and cables of subsequent lower voltage grades on lower tiers of trays.
Single core cable in trefoil formation shall be laid with a distance of four times the diameter
of cable between trefoil center lines and clamped at every two meter. All multi core cables
shall be laid in touching formation. Power and control cables shall be secured fixed to
trays/support with self-locking type nylon cable straps with de-interlocking facilities. For
horizontal trays arrangements, multi core power cables and control cables shall be secured
at every five meter interval. For vertical tray arrangement, individual multi core power
cables and control cables shall be secured at every one meter by nylon cable strap. After
completion of cable laying work in the particular vertical tray, all the control cables shall be
binded to trays/supports by aluminium strips at every five meter interval and at every bend.
Bending radii for cables shall be as per manufacturer's recommendations and IS: 1255.
Directly Buried Cables

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 103 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Cable trenches shall be constructed for directly buried cables. Construction of cable trench
for cables shall include excavation, preparation of sieved sand bedding, riddled soil cover,
supply and installation of brick or concrete protective covers, back filling and compacting,
supply and installation of route markers and joint markers. Laying of cables and providing
protective covering shall be as per IS:1255.
RCC cable route and RCC joint markers shall be provided wherever required. The voltage
grade of the higher voltage cables in route shall be engraved on the marker. Location of
underground cable joints shall be indicated with cable marker with an additional inscription
"Cable Joint". The marker shall project 150 mm above ground and shall be spaced at an
interval of 30 meters and at every change in direction. They shall be located on both sides
of road crossings and drain crossings. Top of cable marker/joint marker shall be sloped to
avoid accumulation of water/dust on marker.
Cable tags shall be provided on all cables at each end (just before entering the equipment
enclosure), on both sides of a wall or floor crossing, on each duct/conduit entry, and at
every 20 meters in cable tray/trench runs. Cable tags shall also be provided inside the
switchgear, motor control centers, control and relay panels etc. where a number of cables
enter together through a gland plate. Cable tag shall be of rectangular shape for power
cables and control cables. Cable tag shall be of 2 mm thick aluminum with number punched
on it and securely attached to the cable by not less than two turns of 20 SWG GI wire
conforming to IS:280. Alternatively, the Contractor may also provide cable tags made of
nylon, cable marking ties with cable number heat stamped on the cable tags

6.46 INSTRUMENTATION AND COMMUNICATION CABLE

COMMUNICATION CABLE (Optic Fibre Cable)


Optic Fiber cable shall be 4/8/12 core, galvanized corrugated steel taped armoured, fully
water blocked with dielectric central member for outdoor/indoor application so as to prevent
any physical damage. The cable shall have multiple single-mode or multimode fibers on as
required basis so as to avoid the usage of any repeaters. The core and cladding diameter
shall be 9 +/-1 micrometer and 125 +/- 1 micrometer respectively. The outer sheath shall
have Flame Retardant, UV resistant properties and are to be identified with the
manufacturers name, year of manufacturing, progressive automatic sequential on-line
marking of length in meters at every meter on outer sheath.
The cable core shall have suitable characteristics and strengthening for prevention of
damage during pulling viz. Steel central number, Loose buffer tube design, 4 fibers per
buffer tube ( minimum), Interstices and buffer tubes duly filled with Thixotropic jelly etc. The
cable shall be suitable for maximum tensile force of 2000 N during installation, and once

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 104 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

installed, a tensile force of 1000 N minimum. The compressive strength of cable shall be
3000 N minimum & crush resistance 4000 N minimum. The operating temperature shall be
-20 deg. C to 70 deg. C.
All testing of the optic fiber cable being supplied shall be as per the relevant IEC, EIA and
other international standards.
Bidder to ensure that minimum 100% cores are kept as spare in all types of optical fiber
cables.
Cables shall be suitable for laying in conduits, ducts, trenches, racks and underground
buried installation.
Spliced/ Repaired cables are not acceptable.
Penetration of water resistance and impact resistance shall be as per IEC standard.
Communication Cable (Modbus)
Data (Modbus) Cable to be used shall be shielded type with stranded copper conductor
based on VDE 0881. Cable shall have minimum 2 pair each with conductor size of 0.5
SQMM and core identification shall comply with DIN 47100. Cable shall be flame retardant
according to IEC 60332-1-2. Cable shall be tested for Peak working voltage of not less than
300 V and shall be suitable for serial interfaces (RS 422 and RS 485).The cable shall be
provided with lightning and surge protection devices as per EN 61643-21. Surge protection
device to be provided shall be approved from UL/CSA or any national/international
approved lab.
Instrumentation Cables
Property Requirement
Voltage grade 225 V Grade
Codes & Standard All Instrument cables shall comply with VDE 0815,VDE
0207, Part 4,Part 5,Part 6, VDE 0816,VDE 0472,SEN
4241475,ANSI MC 96.1, IS-8784, IS- 10810
Continous operation suitability At70 deg C for all types of cables
Progressive automatic online To be provided at every one meter on outer sheath
sequential marking of length in
meters
Marking to read FRLS To be provided at every 5 meters on outer sheath
Allowance Tolerance on overall +/- 2 mm (max) over the declared value in data sheet
diameter
Variation in diameter Not more than 1.0 mm throughout the cable
Color The outer sheath shall b e of blue color.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 105 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

.No Property
Type Of cable F and G cables
A. CONDUCTORS
1 Cross Section area 0.5 sq mm
2 Conductor material High conductivity/Annealed bare copper
3 Colour code As per VDE-815
4 Conductor Grade Electrolytic
5 No and dia of strands 7x0.3 mm(nom)
6 No of pairs 4,8,12,16,24,48
7 Max conductor resistance per Km (in 73.4(loop)
ohm) at 20 deg C
8 Reference standard VDE 0815
B. INSULATION
1 Material Extruded PVC type YI3
2 Thickness in mm (Min/Nom/Max) 0.25/0.30/0.35
3 Volume Resistivity(Min) in ohm-cm 1x1014 at 20 deg C & 1x1011 at 70 deg C
4 Reference VDE 0207 Part 4
5 Core diameter above insulation Suitable for cage clamp connector

C. Pairing & Testing


1 Single layer of binder tape on each pair Yes
provided
2 Bunch(Unit Formation) for more than To be provided
4P
3 Conductor/pair identification as per To be provided
VDE081
D. Shielding
1 Type of Shielding AI-Mylar type
2 Individual pair shielding To be provided for F type cable
3 Minimum thickness of individual pair 28 micron
shielding
4 Overall cable assembly shielding To be provided

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 106 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

5 Minimum thickness of Overall cable 55 micron


assembly shielding
6 Coverage Overlapping 100% coverage with 20% overlapping
7 Drain wire provided for individual shield Yes(for F- type) Size = 0.5 mm2, No. Of
strands= 7, Dia of strands = 0.3 mm
Annealed Tin Coated copper
E. FILLERS
1 Non Hygroscopic flame retardant To be provided
F. OUTER SHEATH
1 Material Extruded PVC compound YM1 with FRLS
properties
2 Minimum Thickness at any point 1.8 mm
3 Nominal Thickness at any point > 1.8 mm
4 Resistant to water fungus , termite & Reqiured
rodent attack
5 Minimum Oxygen index per ASTMD- 29%
2863
6 Minimum Temperature index as per 250degC
ASTMD-2863
7 Maximum acid gas generation by 20%
weight as per IEC 60754-1
8 Maximum Smoke Density Rating as per Maximum 60%
ASTMD-2843
To be provided
9 Reference standard VDE207 Part 5, VDE- 0816
G. ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS
1 Mutual Capacitance Between 120 Nf/KM for F type
Conductors at 0.8 KHZ ( MAX)
100 Nf/km for G- type
2 Insulation Resistance(Min) 100 MOhm/Km
3 Cross Talk Figure(Min) at 0.8 Khz 60 dB
4 Characteristic Impedence ( Max) At 1 320 OHM For F- TYPE
khz
340 OHM FOR G-TYPE
5 Attenuation Figure At 1 Khz ( Max) 1.2 Db/km
H. Complete Cable
1 Flammability Shall pass flammability as per IEEE-383

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 107 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

read in conjunction to this specification.


I. TESTS
1 Routine & Acceptance tests Refer Type test requirement of Specification
for C & I system
2 Type tests
J CABLE DRUM
1 Type Returnable wooden drum ( wooden drum to
be constructed from seasoned wood free
from defects with wood preservative applied
to the entire drum) or steel drum
2 Outermost layer covered with Yes
waterproof paper
3 Painting Entire surface to be painted
4 Length 1000 m + 5% for up to & including 12 pairs
500 m + 5% for above 12 pairs

6.47 Structural Steel Work

The structural steelwork required for termination incoming 66 kV line/ Cable, equipment
supports, lighting masts and for shielding towers together with all foundation bolts shall be
included by the Bidder in its scope of work. The steel work shall be fabricated from
galvanized structural sections. The height of structures for incoming line shall be as per
the design developed by the Bidder and drawings submitted.
The incoming line gantry shall be designed on the basis of ACSR conductor/Cable considered in
the design and also considering that RVPN terminal tower will be located at a distance of
not more than 100 meters from the incoming gantry at SPV power station switchyard. The
Bidder shall take into account wind load, temperature variation etc. while designing the
gantr y structure. The column shall be provided with step bolts and anti-climbing devices.
The entire structural steel work shall conform to IS: 802. The Bidder shall furnish design
calculations for review by Owner before procuring the material.
The design of the switchyard towers, gantries and equipment structures shall also be designed
in conformity with the standards followed by the Employer. Approval from the Employer also
shall be obtained by the Bidder if required.
Hardware
Metal fittings of specified material for string hardware meant for power conductor and earth
wire shall have excellent mechanical properties such as strength, toughness and high
corrosion resistance. The suspension and tension clamps shall be made from aluminium

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 108 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

alloy having high mechanical strength. Suspension and tension clamps offered shall be
suitable for ACSR / AAAC conductor as per design.
All hooks, eyes, pins, bolts, suspension clamps and other fittings for attaching insulators to
the tower or to the power conductor shall be so designed as to reduce (to a minimum) the
damage to the conductor, insulator or the fitting arising from conductor vibration.
All drop-forged parts shall be free-from flaws, cracks, or other defects and shall be smooth,
close-grained and of true forms and dimensions. All machined surfaces shall be true,
smooth and well-finished.
All ferrous parts of hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with IS 2629.
The galvanization shall withstand four dips of 1-minute duration each in copper-sulphate
solution as per the test procedure laid down in the relevant ISS.
The threads in nuts and tapped holes shall be cut after galvanizing, and shall be well-
lubricated/greased. All other threads shall be cut before galvanizing.
Both the suspension and the tension hardware shall be of ball and socket type, and shall
be with `R' and `W' type security clip of stainless steel or phosphor Bronze conforming to IS
2486. The tension clamps of both compression type and bolted type as shown in the
relevant drawings shall be offered. Arcing horns shall be provided on the line side for both
the suspension type and compression type hardware.

6.48 Danger Plates

Size of each Danger Notice plates shall be 200 mm x 150 mm made of mild steel sheet and
at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides and with inscription in
signal red colours on front side as required. The inscriptions shall be in Gujarati, Hindi and
English.

6.49 Fire Extinguishing System

The installation shall meet all applicable statutory requirements, safety regulations in terms of
fire protection
Liquefied CO2 fire extinguisher shall be upright type of capacity 10 kg having IS: 2171. 7 IS:
10658 marked. The fire extinguisher shall be suitable for fighting fire of Oils, Solvents,
Gases, Paints, Varnishes, Electrical Wiring, Live Machinery Fires, and All Flammable Liquid
& Gas. Bidder shall provide portable fire extinguisher as per the recommendation
The minimum 1 no. of fire extinguishers shall be required for every installations / building.
Sand bucket should be wall mounted made from at least 24 SWG sheet with bracket fixing on
wall conforming to IS 2546.
Microprocessor based fire alarm panel

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 109 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Bidder to provide intelligent microprocessor based main fire alarm panel of modular
construction complete with central processing unit, input and output modules, power
supply module, supervision control and isolator modules with 10% spare provisions.
Fire detection alarm system shall include) but not limited to the following items
Fire Alarm control Panel
Multi Sensor smoke detector
Hooter cum strobe
Manual call Point
Hooter
Fault isolation modules
Control Modules
Cables from Sensors to Fire panels.
Digital output from the fire detection system shall be integrated with SCADA
Multi sensor type smoke detectors shall be provided for below false ceiling areas of control room
and ACDB and/or inverter rooms. One (01) sensor shall be provided for each 25 sqm of
area.
Fire Alarm Control Panel Indication
Alarm conditions shall be immediately displayed on the control panel. Alarm LED shall
flash on the control panel until the alarm has been acknowledged. Once acknowledged
the LED shall remain lit. Asubsequent alarm received from another zone after
acknowledgement shall illuminate the alarm LED and the panel display shall show the new
alarm information.
During an alarm condition, an alarm tone shall sound within the control panel until the
alarm is acknowledged.
If the audible alarm signals are silenced for any reason, they shall automatically resound if
another zone is activated.
All alarm signals shall be automatically locked in at the control panel until the operated
device is returned to its normal condition and the control panel is manually reset

6.50 Testing Instruments for Electrical & Electronic

Bidder shall also provide required set of onsite testing instruments/equipment viz. earth
resistance tester, rheostats, insulation tester, millimetres, clamp meters, CRO, Function
Generator, Transformer oil BDV kit, Relay testing kit, infra-red thermal imaging hand held
temperature meter, inverter testing kit etc.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 110 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

6.51 General Guidelines

Any civil or electrical work which is not mentioned or included in this tender document but
necessary for the plant shall be borne by the Bidder.
Successful Bidder shall prepare all designs / drawings have based on the specifications given in
the tender and in light of relevant BIS standard.
The Employer reserves right to modify the design at any stage, to meet local site conditions /
project requirements.
All work shall be carried out in accordance with the latest edition of the Indian Electricity Act and
rules formed there under and as amended from time to time.

6.52 Specification of Lighting in Solar Power Plant

Scope
This specification covers design of Array yard and sub-station, street light using 50W LED
luminaires, tubular poles (from main gate up to the control room/switchyard gate and
periphery wall of the plant) distribution pillar boxes, PVC cables, conduit steel trays etc.
which shall be supplied by the contractor for installation of luminaires, their control gear and
wiring on them. The bidder will also design, supply and install lighting fixtures and
accessories based on LED for equipment room and control room building and entry points/
gates. The Bidder shall furnish Guaranteed Technical Particulars.
All LED luminaires shall be supplied with proper diffuser to avoid direct visibility of LED with
proposer thermal management for longer life. Renowned brands available in the market
need to be used.

General Technical Requirements:


The lighting system for outdoor and indoor areas of Solar Power Plant shall be designed in such
a way that uniform illumination is achieved. In outdoor yard equipment /bus bar areas and
the peripheral wall are to be illuminated and luminaires shall be aimed for clear view.
Lighting Levels
The average LUX level of 10 lm is to be maintained in switchyard. However, a lux level of
20 lm (10+10) additional switchable on requirement only) is to be maintained in switchyard
on transformer.
Lighting in other areas such as control room ,office rooms and battery room & other areas
(i.e. street light)shall be such that the average LUX level to be maintained shall be as
under
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 111 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

S. No Area LUX
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Control Room and equipment rooms 500
2. Office 300
3. Battery & other rooms 150
4. Other areas including periphery wall 10
5. Transformer yard 20
6. H pole and metering point 10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Emergency Light Points:


Light points using LED lamps of 15-20 W (at 240 V) shall also be provided as given below:
o Control room and equipment room 4 Nos.
o Battery room 1 Nos.
o Office 1 Nos.
o Corridor 1 Nos.
These lights shall operate on AC/DC changeover supply from the DC distribution Board.
Separate wiring and distribution board shall be provided from these lights.
The lighting level shall take into account appropriate light output ratio of luminaires,
coefficient of utilization maintenance factor (of 0.7 or less) to take into account
deterioration with time and dust deposition.
LED luminaires shall meet the following parameters

PARAMETER SPECIFIED VALUE

Input voltage 170-260 V

Input Frequency 50 HZ +/-1 HZ

Power Factor 0.95 (Minimum)

Power Efficiency >96%

LED efficacy 150 lumens per watt

Dispersion Angle Minimum 120

Usage hours Dusk to dawn

Total Harmonic Distortion < 15 %

Working Temperature -5 to +50 C

Working Humidity 10% - 90% RH (Preferably Hermetically sealed unit)

Index of Protection Level Minimum IP 65

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 112 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Lamp Casing Powder coated metal / Aluminium.

Life > 50000 Hrs.

LED Type Power LEDS from reputed makes.

Colour Temperature 2800 K/3000o K

Colour Rendering >75

Junction Temperature < 60 C

Electrical Connector Lead wire with 2 meter long or as required by the


customer at site.

Expected Life of components Passive electronic components life greater than


>100,000 hours

Moisture protection in case of casing IP 65 (preferably Totally encapsulated)


damage

Luminaire Compliances:
a) Luminaire Specification:
Control gear specification:
EN 61347-2-13: Particular requirements for D.C. or A.C. supplied electronic control
gear for LED modules
EN 62384: D.C. or A.C. supplied electronic control gear for LED modules.
b) Luminaire EMC specification:
EN 61000-3-2: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Limits for harmonic current
emissions (Equipment input current < 16 A per phase)
EN 61000-3-3: Limitation of voltage fluctuation and flicker in low voltage supply
systems for equipment with rated current < = 16 A
Additional information:
(a) The LED luminaire housing, heat sink, pole mounting bracket, individual LED
reflectors and front heat resistant tempered glass should be provided.
(b) The LED luminaire housing should be made of non-corrosive high pressure die cast
aluminium and the housing should be power coated grey, so as to ensure good
wetherability.
(c) Each individual LED source should be provided with a asymmetrical distribution high
reflectance aluminized reflector, which should ensure that the light distribution of the
luminaire is suitable for road lighting applications (wide beam distribution) and should
ensure high pole to pole spacing.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 113 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

(d) The luminaire should be provided with in built power unit and electronic driver. The
luminaire should be should be so constructed to ensure that the gear and LED
modules are replaceable, if required.
(e) The luminaire should be suitable for both standard street light poles with a typical pole
diameter of 50 mm 60 mm and should be suitable for both side entry and bottom
entry (post top).

6.53 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) SYSTEM

General Requirments
The intent of the specification is to define the functional & design requirements for the CCTV
System meant for gathering video information from the various areas of the power plant with
display and recording facilities with night vision and motion sensors as per requirement
Power Supply Arrangement:
The CCTV System along with all its system components i.e. network switches, storage
devices, servers, LAN switches, media converters etc. shall be powered from UPS
system. Contractor shall also provide local power distribution boxes as required for sub-
distribution of UPS supply.
For cameras, mini UPS of suitable rating are to be provided by the contractor. Contractor
shall also provide local power distribution boxes as required for sub-distribution of supply
from mini-UPS to cameras. The location of mini-UPS & power distribution scheme shall be
finalized during detail engineering
Design and technical requirement:
The CCTV system shall be designed as a standalone IP based network architecture.
System shall use video signals from different cameras at different locations, process the
video signals for viewing on monitors at different locations and simultaneously record all
the video streams using H.264 or better compression technique. Joystick and mouse-
keyboard controllers shall be used for Pan, Tilt, Zoom and other functions of desired
cameras.
Camera server shall be provided with sufficient storage space to store recordings of all
cameras at 25/30 FPS at 1920X1080 (For HD cameras)for a period of Fifteen (15) Days or
more using necessary compression techniques. All recordings shall have camera ID,
Location, Date and time of recording.
The system supplied shall be complete in all respects for reliable performance. The
Contractor shall submit the detailed block schematic, video, signal & power wiring
diagram, describing the connections between the network switch/camera server Systems
and various cameras, monitors, keyboard, and joystick.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 114 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

6.54 DESCRIPTION OF THE CCTV SYSTEM COMPONENTS:

Application Software for Video Monitoring, Recording & Management.

The application software shall be used to display, store, control & manage the entire
surveillance system.
It shall be possible to control all cameras i.e. PTZ, auto/manual focus, selection of presets,
video tour selection etc. The software shall support flexible 1/2/4 windows split screen
display mode or scroll mode on the display monitors for live video.
The system shall support video analytics in respect of the following
Video motion detection,
Object tracking
Object classification & Tracking
Cameras:
All the cameras shall be color, suitable for day and night surveillance (under complete
darkness conditions) and network compatible. There will be two types of cameras viz.
PTZ & Fixed. PTZ cameras shall be high speed integrated dome type.

7 Civil Works

7.1 Detailed Contour Survey & Soil Investigation of the Site

The turnkey contractor shall be responsible for detailed soil investigation and contour
survey, geotechnical studies at required locations for the purposes of foundation design
and other design/ planning required for the successful completion of the project. The
contractor must submit the detailed soil investigation report, bore log records, ERT reports
and contour survey to SJVN.

7.2 TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY

Bidder shall conduct the Topographical Survey for the plot in Bhadla Solar Park, Phase-II
Rajasthan.The scope of work and technical specification for the same is as below:
Scope of Work
The Contractor shall carry out the Topographical Survey and preparation of Plans (Maps)
and report of the assigned entire area/areas indicated for locating the Solar PV Power
plant and its other systems.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 115 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Carrying out the Bench Mark (GTS) to site/sites under survey by parallel levelling,
establishing and constructing bench mark, grid and reference pillars in the field, and spot
level survey of the entire area/areas at specified intervals and development of the
contours.
Furnishing all field data & drawings in soft copy (on CDs) apart from hard copies.
Furnishing of the survey report as described in details in the succeeding paragraphs is
also included in the scope of this work.
The work shall be executed according to the specifications and good standard practice
necessary to fulfill the objective of the survey work, strictly in accordance with the
instructions and satisfaction of the Owner.
The Contractor shall carry out Bench Mark by fly-levelling from nearest GTS Bench Mark
or available source as approved by the Owner and establish the same two permanent
Bench Mark at site. All subsequent transfer of levels shall be carried out with respect to
these Bench Mark. The work shall also include constructing permanent reference pillars at
suitably locations as approved by the Owner. These reference pillars shall be labelled
permanently with their respective coordinates and reduced levels for future use. The
Bench Marks and reference pillars shall be shown on the survey drawings.
While carrying bench mark to the project site, levels shall be established on the permanent
& mentioned in the survey report to facilitate locating these objects later on.
Latitude and Longitude: The work shall be carried out in UTM grids system. The contractor
shall also establish the latitudes and longitudes of the corners of the project site. At least
same width of the adjoining plots shall also be covered in the survey for correlation with
adjoining plots and adjacent area/facilities.
Topographical Survey and Mapping
Positions, both in plan and elevation, of all natural and artificial features of the
area like waterways, railway tracks, trees, cultivation, houses, fences, pucca and
kutcha roads including culverts and crossings, foot tracks, other permanent objects
like telephone posts and transmission towers etc. are to be established and subsequently
shown on survey maps by means of conventional symbols (preferably, symbols of survey
of India Maps). Necessary levelling work of the entire area/areas are to be surveyed and
plotted on maps by establishing horizontal location so that location and sketching of
contours for the area/areas can be done at specified intervals and in specified scales on
maps.
The field work shall be done with Total Station Equipment in the following steps:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 116 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Establishing horizontal and vertical controls and locating reference grids and bench mark
in the area. Surveying for establishing spot levels and plotting contours. Surveying for
locating the natural and manmade details as described earlier.
The grids for the survey work shall be established in N-S & E-W direction (Corresponding
to Magnetic North) or the Plant North as directed by the Owner.

Contouring
Contractor shall carry out spot level surveying at an interval of on an average 25 meters
for contouring the area. Levels shall also be taken on all traverse stations and on salient
points located at random over the area (ground points). Contours are to be interpolated at
0.5 M intervals after the above points are plotted. The contours shall not be just
interpolated but properly surveyed on the ground so that features falling between the two
successive levels are also picked up. Sufficient points properly distributed over the entire
area shall be located and levels taken so that accurate contouring can be done at places
of sharp curvature or abrupt change in direction and elevation, points selected shall be
close to each other. Salient points on ridge lines and valley lines shall also be measured.
Transfer of levels shall always start from Main/Subsidiary stations whose levels are based
on bench mark established in the survey area.

Preparation & Submission of Survey Maps and Documents


The Contractor shall submit survey maps of the site in 1:10,000 scale indicating grid lines
and contour lines, demarcating all permanent features like roads, railways, waterways,
buildings, power lines, natural streams, trees etc. The topography drawing shall also cover
at least 50m wide area of the adjacent solar plot (beyond the assigned plot area) and
match the grids of the adjacent solar plot.
All the maps should be prepared in digitised forms using computer software like Autocad
Release 2005 or as directed by Owner. The block of name plate of all the drawings should
be as per SJVN standard.
Contractor shall submit all data pertaining to the survey in original to the Owner including
all levels & co-ordinates in X-Y-Z format for the entire area on CD.
The formation levels of the proposed power plant have to be fixed with reference to High
Flood Level of the proposed site. The ground level and plinth level of structures shall be
fixed taking into consideration the highest flood level and surrounding ground profiles.
Soil Tests:
The Contractor is advised to and is solely responsible to carry out detailed Geotechnical
investigation to ascertain soil parameters of the proposed site for the use of planning /

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 117 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

designing / construction / providing guarantee / warranty of all civil work including but not
limited to foundations / piling for module mounting structures, HT lines, 66 kV switchyard
equipment etc. The Contractor shall carry out soil investigation through any Govt.
approved / certified soil consultant. These reports shall be furnished to the Employer prior
to commencing work. All RCC works shall be provided of required grade of concrete as
per relevant IS specifications as well as soil data considering appropriate earthquake
seismic zone, wind velocity, whether effect, soil characteristics etc.
Soil Investigations:
The scope of soil investigation covers execution of complete soil exploration including
boring, drilling, collection of undisturbed soil sample where possible, otherwise disturbed
soil samples, conducting laboratory test of samples to find out the various parameters
mainly related to load bearing capacity, ground water level, settlement, and soil condition
and submission of detail reports along with recommendation regarding suitable type of
foundations for each bore hole along with recommendation for soil improvement where
necessary.
Other investigations
Successful Bidder shall obtain and study earthquake and wind velocity data for design of
module mounting structure, and considering all parameters related to the weathers
conditions like Temperature, humidity, flood, rainfall, ambient air etc.
The Successful Bidder shall carry out Shadow Analysis at the site and accordingly design
strings and arrays layout considering optimal use of space, material and man-power and
submit all the details / design to Employer for its review / suggestions.

7.3 Site leveling and grading:

The turnkey contractor is responsible for making the site ready and easily approachable by
clearing of bushes, felling of trees (if required with appropriate approval from concerned
authority), levelling of ground (wherever required) etc. for commencing the project. It is to
ensure that land must be graded and levelled properly for the flow of water. It is advisable
to follow the natural flow of water at the ground. If the land pocket needs any filling of
sand, it is to ensure that the filled earth must be well compacted as per the relevant IS
standards. In case the filled earth is brought out from outside the plant, the contractor shall
provide the necessary challans. On the other hand, additional earth, if any, must be
disposed of properly. Bidder shall take reasonable care to ensure that the plant is
aesthetically designed.

7.4 Foundations:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 118 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The contractor is responsible for the detailed soil investigation and subsequent foundation
design of the structures in the plant. The foundation of the module mounting structures,
buildings and other important structures must be approved by SJVN prior to construction.
The contractor must provide the detailed design and calculations of the foundation.
The foundations should be designed considering the weight and distribution of the
structure and assembly, and a maximum wind speed of 180 km per hour. Seismic factors
for the site have to be considered while making the design of the foundation. Successful
Bidder shall also plan for transport and storage of materials at site.

7.5 Switch Yard civil works:

Switchyard civil work includes step up transformer plinth, HT Switchgear kiosk plinth, two
pole 4 pole structure foundation, earth pits, metal spreading curb wall in and around
switchyard and fencing. The transformer/ HT switchgear kiosk plinth shall be made of
brickwork or Random Rubble masonry conforming to relevant standards. The height of
transformer /HT Switchgear kiosk plinth shall be decided based on 66 kV ground
clearance. Earth pit construction shall be of brickwork covered with RCC (1:2:4) slabs.
Switchyard/ double pole area must be surrounded by chain link fencing with pre-cast RCC
post/ galvanized MS angle of suitable size with double leaf gate will be provided. Area
enclosed within this perimeter must be filled with gravel.

7.6 Buildings

Buildings are required to be constructed for housing the electrical equipment/ panel and
central control room with office of Control Room Engineer, Meeting Room suitable for 12
persons, rest room for 2 persons, pantry and store building with all other amenities for the
operation & maintenance of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant. Security houses/ cabins shall
also be required at strategic locations to secure the plant from any theft. The building shall
be constructed with conventional RCC framed structure with brick partition walls / Pre-
Engineered Building . Bidder shall furnish the drawing showing the proposed buildings.
The construction of the same shall be as under-
Specification for RCC Structure
RCC framed structure shall be made of bricks/concrete blocks masonry walls. The thickness of
outer masonry walls shall be minimum 230mm in case of bricks and minimum 200mm thick in
case of concrete blocks. The following detailed specification shall also be followed for RCC works:
Floor Finishes:
Switchgear/Inverter : Cement concrete flooring with ironite rooms hardener.
SCADA Room : Air Conditioned SCADA Room with Heavy duty vitrified ceramic tiles

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 119 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Battery room : Acid/Alkali resistance tile flooring and dodo (2100 mm)
Lobby : Heavy duty vitrified ceramic tiles and skirting
Toilet : Heavy duty anti-skid ceramic Tiles and dodo (2100 mm)
Steps : Kota stone/Granite- 20 mm thick
Store room : Cement concrete flooring with ironite hardener.
Flooring for air conditioned areas area shall be provided with vitrified ceramic tiles of size 600X
600 mm of min 9 mm thickness, laid with 3 mm ground joints as per approved pattern. Cement
concrete flooring shall conform to IS 2571. For toilet area, the floor shall be of ceramic tiles 9
mm thicknesses. The wall tiles, if proposed, shall be glazed tiles of 6 mm thickness and provided
up to lintel level.
Doors & Windows:
Steel framed doors, Windows and ventilators shall conform to IS 1081 with necessary glass
panels including of all fixtures and painting etc. complete. Doors and windows shall be made of
aluminium sections. All sections shall be 20 microns anodized. Sections of door frame and window
frame shall be adopted as per industrial standards. Door shutters shall be made of aluminium
sections and combination of compact sheet and clear float/ wired glass. The control room shall
require a number of windows/ louvers to provide ventilation/ fresh air circulations.
Plastering
Plastering in cement mortar 1:5, 1:6 and 1:3 shall be applied to all internal, external walls and
ceiling of slab respectively as per IS 1542.
Roofing
The roof of the building shall be insulated and waterproofing shall be done as per relevant IS
Plinth Protection
Plinth protection 1000mm wide shall be provided around all the buildings
White washing & colour washing.
White washing and colour washing work shall be conforming to IS 6278.
For distempering IS 427 shall be referred.
For synthetic enamel painting IS 428 shall be followed.
For cement painting IS 5410 shall be followed.
For painting of steel doors, Solarows and ventilators IS 2338, IS 1477 (Part I & II)
shall be followed.
Rolling Shutters.
Rolling shutters made of cold rolled strips shall conforming to IS 4030 with approved
gauge thickness shall be provided with all fixtures, accessories, painting all etc. complete.
Water supply.
GI pipes of Medium quality conforming to IS 1239 (Part I) and IS 1795 for Mild Steel pipes
shall be used for all water supply and plumbing works.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 120 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Plumbing and Sanitary:


Sanitary fittings, which include water closet (EWC/IWC), wash basins, sink, urinal fitting
including flushing tank, and necessary plumbing lines shall be provided for office cum
stores building and Security house and erectors hostel.
Electrification of Building
Electrification of buildings shall be carried out as per IS 732 and other relevant standards.
The lighting design of the buildings shall be carried out as per IS 3646. The building shall
be provided with adequate quantity of light fittings, 5A/ 15A 1 phase sockets, fans etc.,
controlled by required ratings of MCBs and MCB, DBs. It is encouraged that bidder shall
use the latest energy efficient equipment for the electrification and illumination.
Toilet:
Toilet shall be designed for 15 persons; and constructed with following finish
Floor : Vitrified tiles/ ceramic tiles
Door window: made out of aluminium sections, 6mm float glass
Ventilators : Mechanical exhaust facility
Plumbing fixtures : Repute make
Sanitary ware : Repute make
EWC : 390 mm high with health facet, toilet paper roll holder and all fittings
Urinal (430 x 260 x 350 mm size) with all fittings.
Wash basin (550 x 400 mm) with all fittings.
Bathroom mirror (600 x 450 x 6 mm thick) hard board backing
CP brass towel rail (600 x 20 mm) with C.P. brass brackets
Soap holder and liquid soap dispenser.
GI pipes (B class) of reputed makes
Overhead water tank equivalent of 1,000 litre capacity
Drainage for Toilets:

Drainage pipes shall be of PVC (6 kg/cm2) Supreme, Prince or equivalent make. Gully trap,
inspection chambers, septic tank for 15 person and soak well to be constructed for
abovementioned requirement.
Air Conditioner for Control Room:
The control room shall be equipped with appropriate numbers of fans for effective heat
dissipation. The SCADA cabin shall have split type air conditioning units.
Fire Extinguishers:
Liquefied CO2 fire extinguisher shall be upright type of capacity 10 kg having IS: 2171. 7 IS:
10658 marked. The fire extinguisher shall be suitable for fighting fire of Oils, Solvents,

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 121 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Gases, Paints, Varnishes, Electrical Wiring, Live Machinery Fires, and All Flammable
Liquid & Gas. Bidder shall provide 4 no. of portable fire extinguisher as given below.
Sand Bucket:
Sand buckets should be wall mounted made from at least 24 SWG sheet with bracket fixing
on wall conforming to IS 2546. Bucket stands with four buckets on each stand shall be
provided in the Transformer Yard 4 Nos.
Sign Boards:
T h e sign board containing brief description of various components of the power plant as well
as t h e complete power plant in general shall be installed at appropriate locations of the
power plant.
The Signboard shall be made of steel plate of not less than 3 mm. Letters on the board shall
be with appropriate illumination arrangements.
The Contractor shall provide to the Employer, detailed specifications of the sign boards.
Specification for Pre-Engineering Building (PEB)
The PEB shall be made of structural steel construction with double skinned metal roofing
and wall cladding of approved profile. It shall be designed, manufactured, supplied and
erected by the bidder/PEB agency. PEB shall be complete with painting, metal facia, metal
gutter, rain water down comers, sun-shades, openings, etc., along with associated structural
steel, cladding and roofing work insulation, Trims & Flashings. Each item of PEB like
panels, masonry, plastering, flooring, foundation, fittings etc. shall be suitable for complete
life of solar plant. The construction methodology for PEB shall also be submitted for SJVN
approval before start of works.
The layout of building shall be designed so as to divert the heat generated from the building
outside the room. The building shall be designed for a life of 25 years. The successful
bidder shall have to get the structural design done as per the prevailing Indian standard
codes and International Standard.
The PEB shall have a robust water tightness at all joints and connections. The building shall
have a high class durability and performance during the adverse weather conditions .

Structure and material specification:


The PEB shall have a steel frame primary structural members. Primary members fabricated
from plates shall conform to IS2062 min Grade E250 Quality BR/ ASTM A572-12 Grade 50
with minimum yield strength of 345 MPa. Steel shall be semi-killed/killed. Minimum
thickness of steel plates shall be 4 mm. Hot rolled primary structural members and Rod
/Angle bracing shall conform to IS2062 Grade E250 Quality A. Secondary members for

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 122 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Purlins and Girts shall conform to the specification of IS 811 or ASTM A1003-12 made
from steel sheets conforming to ASTM A1011-12b Grade 50 having a minimum yield
strength of 345 MPa. The minimum thickness of secondary members shall be 3.15 mm. All
other miscellaneous secondary members shall have minimum yield strength of 250 MPa.
Insulated wall cladding or roofing shall consist of double skin metal cladding with Poly
Urethane Foam (PUF). PUF must be made of continuous method PU foam and must be
CFC free, self-extinguishing, fire retardant type with density 40 +/-2 kg/m3 and thermal
conductivity 0.019-2.2 W/(m.K) at 10C. The PUF panels shall be a factory made item
ready for installation at site.

Fasteners & Connections:


Special coated self-drilling screws/fastener shall be used conforming to class 3 as per AS:
3566.1 and AS: 3566.2. Steel bolts, nuts and washers complying with AS 1112:2000. High
Strength Bolts for Primary Connections IS: 1367 (Part III) Gr. 8.8 / ASTM A325. Bolts for
Secondary Connection IS:1367 (Part III) Gr. 4.6 / ASTM A307. Anchor/foundation Bolts
shall conform to IS: 5624 and relevant IS code.

Roof and Wall cladding:


PUF panels shall be made of troughed permanently colour coated metal sheets of steel for
roofing and side cladding (internal and external) shall conform to the requirements of Table-I
and IS: 513 for Hot-dip Zinc coated or Al/Zn coated sheets. The insulation material
thickness and details shall be as specified at relevant para in the specification.
PUF insulated panels Metal Sheet for Roofing and side cladding consist of external sheet as
troughed permanently colour coated sheet & internal sheet as plain permanently colour
coated sheet.
Chemical composition of Troughed permanently colour metal sheet for roofing and side cladding
shall conform to the provisions of same reference code to which the mechanical properties
conform to.
Plain permanently colour coated steel metal sheet for ridge and hips, flashing, trimming, closure
for vertical and horizontal joints, capping etc. shall conform to the same requirements as
those of troughed permanently colour coated metal sheet for roof and side cladding.
The maximum spacing of the fastener shall be 390 mm c/c along the length of purlins / runners.
However exact spacing shall be as per the design done by the bidder of the fastener
considering the wind load, self-load and other associated load. Minimum diameter of the
fastener shall be 5.5 mm and at- lest 3 nos. of fastener shall be used per sheet.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 123 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Fillers blocks as a trough filler shall be used to seal cavities formed between the profiled sheet
and the support or flashing. The fillers blocks shall be manufactured from black synthetic
rubber or any other material approved by engineer.
Roof Insulation and type:
Both metal sheets shall have an under insulation of minimum 8070 mm thick PUF with density
40 +/- kg/m3 and thermal conductivity 0.019-2.2 W/(m.K) at 10C with gutters and down
take pipes along with Flashing & Top cap of required size and colour complete with all
necessary hardware complete. Roof shall be projected at-least 300 mm from the wall.
Stiffening ribs / subtle fluting for effective water shedding and special male / female ends with
full return legs on side laps for purlin support and anti- capillary flute in side lap.
Both upper and lower sheets shall be separated through spacers and fastened through zinc
/zinc-tin coated self-drilling screws. The fastener size shall be calculated as per the design
or manufacturers recommendations.
Bidder may also alternatively made the PEB roofing with composite slab (RCC slab with
permanent formwork). The composite slab scheme, design and drawings shall be subject to
approval from SJVN before start of work.

Wall Insulation:
All voids of external and internal metalled walls shall have an under insulation of minimum 60
mm thick PUF with density 40 +/- kg/m3 and thermal conductivity 0.019-2.2 W/(m.K) at
10C with proper supports etc. as approved.
Both the walls should be separated by spacers system made up of cold formed steel bars and
fastened through zinc /zinc-tin coated self-drilling screws.
The external wall of Inverter room facing the transformer area shall be as per IS: 1646 - Code of
practice for fire safety of buildings (general): electrical installations.
Doors Frames:
Door frames shall be of T-iron frame of mild steel Tee-sections as per DSR-2013 item no 10.13.
All doors shall be provided necessary fittings like hinges, handles, mortice locks, tower
bolts, stopper, hydraulic door closer, etc. of CP brass complete.
Black powder coated aluminium doors shall be with extruded built up standard tubular sections,
appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS:
1285, fixed to Pre- Engineered structure including necessary filling up of gaps at junctions
with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. including hinges / pivots and double action hydraulic
floor spring of approved brand and manufacture IS: 6315 marked, lock, handle and all
necessary fittings as detailed in tender drawing or submitted by bidder in shop drawing and
review by SJVN.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 124 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The door entrance shall include Mild Steel single leaf door. The structural steel shall conform to
IS: 7452 and IS: 2062. The holdfasts shall be made from steel flats (50 mm and 5 mm
thick). The fixtures, fastenings and door latch are to be made with same materials.
Windows Frame:
Aluminium black powder coated frame of minimum size 62x25 mm and 16G thick as per
approved design. Ventilators/duct shall be provided with bird guard. Size of opening at wall
for ducts shall be as per PCU manufacture and min 18 gauge GI sheet. Ducts shall be
supported with suitable means, as approved during detail engineering.
All accessible ventilators and windows of all buildings shall be provided with min. 4mm thick
float glass, tinted for preventing solar radiations. Suitable sunshades made out of approved
colour sheet will be provided to all external windows and door. The minimum projection for
the sunshades will be 450 mm and 300mm wider than the width of the opening.
Rolling shutter:
Rolling shutter (Hand operated) shall be fabricated from 18 gauge steel and machine rolled with
75 mm rolling centres with effective bridge depth of 12 mm lath sections, interlocked with
each other and ends locked with malleable cast iron clips to IS:2108 and shall be designed
to withstand a wind load without excessive deflection. Metal rolling shutters and rolling grills
as IS: 6248.
Plinth Protection:
750 wide plinth protection minimum 75 mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1cement : 3 coarse
sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 75 mm bed of dry brick ballast
40 mm nominal size well rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand including
finishing the top smooth, shall be provided around the Pre-Engineered Building.

Floor Finish:
Flooring, including preparation of surface, cleaning etc. shall be of cement concrete flooring as
per IS: 2571 with ironite hardener. The inverter room floor shall be at least 450 mm above
the ground level.

Paint and Coating:


Steel shall be colour coated with total coating thickness of 25 microns (nominal) dry film
thickness (DFT) comprising of silicon modified polyester (SMP with silicon content of 30% to
50 %) paint or Super Durable Polyester (XRW) paint of 20 microns (nominal) on one side
(exposed face) on 5 micron (nominal) primer coat and 10 microns (nominal) SMP or Super
Durable Polyester paint over 5 micron (nominal) primer coat on other side. SMP and
polyester paints system shall conform to Product type 4 as per AS/ANZ 2728.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 125 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The structural steel shall be hot-dipped galvanized, conform to IS: 4759 or relevant Indian
standard.

Design Parameters and Design Loads:


The structure shall be designed for loads and load combination as per Indian Standards (latest
revisions) such as IS: 875, IS: 1893, IS: 800, IS:456 etc.
Dead Load: Self Weight of Structure including Purlins, Sheeting, Girts, Bracings, weight of turbo
ventilators to be added as Dead load etc.
Imposed Load (Live Loads) Live loads shall be as per IS 875. For sloped roofs up to 10 deg. it
shall be 0.75 KN/M.
Wind Load: The basic wind speed of the site shall be taken as 170 km/hr. Design wind speed
factors shall be as per IS: 875-III, however the minimum value of these factors shall be
considered as K1 = 1.0, K2 = 1.0 & K3 = 1.0 for the design of PEB.
Earthquake Load: All PEB structures shall be designed for Seismic forces. Vertical Deflection
and Horizontal Sway Limits:
Limiting Deflection: The limiting permissible vertical deflection for structural steel members shall
be as per IS 800 2007.
The limiting permissible horizontal deflection for as per IS 800 2007 code where h is height of
building at eaves.
TABLE I

` Group Grade/ Yield Tensile Coating BM (+) ve Upper (-) ve Lower


Reference strength strength Class T Toleranc limit Toleran Limit
code (minimu (minimu Designati (m e (mm) of c e (mm) of BMT
m) MPa m) MPa on m) BMT (mm)
G250/ 250 320 (mm)
AS1397 Ta
I SS255/ 255 360 bl
Z275 0.6 0.04 0.64 -0.04 0.56
ASTM e-
A653M 1
S250GD 250 330
/ EN1032
6

G350/ 350 420


AS1397
I SS340Cl 340 410 AZ150 0.5 0.04 0.54 -0.04 0.46
I ass 4/
ASTM
A792M
S350GD 350 420
/ EN1032
6

NOTE: Minimum elongation % shall be as per relevant Standard and Code.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 126 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

7.7 W ater supply & Cleaning

A suitable arrangement of water shall be ensured to cater the day-to-day requirement of drinking
water and needs of Solar Photovoltaic during entire O&M period.
The Bidder shall estimate the water requirements for cleaning the photovoltaic modules at least
once in every week in order to operate the plant at its guaranteed plant performance.
All necessary arrangement for wet cleaning of the solar panels shall be in the scope of the
bidders and accordingly the agency has to provide all the necessary equipment,
accessories, tool & tackles, pumps, tankers, tractors and piping arrangement which are
required for the same.

7.8 Roads within Solar Power Plant

Suitable approach road and internal Solar Photovoltaic roads to carry safe and easy
transportation of equipment and material at the project site shall be made. The road should
provide easy and fast approach to each location of the plant. These roads are to be
designed optimally to carry the crane load with all necessary chambers, gradients, super
elevation, and radius of curvatures for the easy movement of cranes, trucks and public
transport.
Roads are to be constructed with sufficient width (minimum 3.75m) followed by 0.5m well
compacted shoulders on each side. The road must be well compacted as per the relevant
IS standards and MORTH updated till date.
All peripheral roads and pathways from central road to Inverter room road shall be WBM road.
Also, all cable crossings and other crossings shall be provided with GI/ Hume pipes.

7.9 Peripheral Boundary/ peripheral wall/fencing:

The objective to provide a peripheral wall is to demarcate the boundary and to keep away the
unauthorized access to plant. The contractor shall provide GI chain link all around the
periphery of the plant. The fencing height must be minimum of 2 meter from the FGL. The
boundary fencing must be provided with a rugged main entry gate. The construction of
peripheral fencing and the main entry gate must conform to the relevant IS standards and
practice.
All the drawings/ specifications for the peripheral fencing and main entry gate design/ planning
must be submitted to SJVN for approval prior to construction for their accord.

7.10 Drainage

The storm water drainage shall be planned for the plant to ensure no water stagnation in the
plant. The drains must be constructed with brickwork/ RCC/ RR masonry as suitable for the

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 127 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

site conditions. The drains outfall must be connected to the nearest drain outside the plant
premises. It is advised that the drainage for the plant must be designed keeping the natural
flow of water to the nearest exit point.
Bidder is to provide RCC hume pipe at the crossing of road and drains and at required locations.
The peripheral drain shall be of brick pitching which is backed up by cement mortar bed and
all joints are filled up with cement mortar in C.M. 1:4, no pointing and plastering is required.
All other internal drains i.e. on both side of central road, pathways to inverter room, control
room, switchyard are to be done by excavating the drain of required size and with required
trapezoidal section.

7.11 Painting & Finish:

All metal surfaces and support structures shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale, oil, grease,
dirt etc. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and then rinsed to remove any trace of acid.
The under surface shall be made free from all imperfections before undertaking the finishing
coat.
After Phosphate treatment, two (2) coats of yellow zinc chromate primer shall be applied
followed by two (2) coats of epoxy based synthetic enameled paint. Shade shall be
Siemens Grey RAL- 7032. Thickness of paint shall be not less than 75 micron.
All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust formation. If
these parts are moving elements then they shall be greased.

7.12 Watchmen / Security Cabin:

Contractor shall provide 2 numbers of prefabricated Watchmans portable cabin along with toilet
at strategic locations with in of the plant. The Minimum size of watchmens (Security Cabin)
cabin is 1.2 metre x 1.8 metre size and height of 2.4m with appropriate roof at the top.
Location of the watch Cabin (Security Cabin) will be as directed by SJVN. The Prefabricated
Security Cabin of size 3 metre x 3 metre along with toilet at the main entrance gate shall be
designed and constructed by the Successful Bidder keeping in view the safety and security
of the power plant.
The Bidder shall provide detailed civil, electrical, plumbing, etc. drawings and equipment
specifications for the security cabin in (B) Technical Offer of the Bid document.

7.13 Underground RCC water Tank :

7.13.1 Contractor has to design as per relevant IS codes, submit and take approval from
client / consultant and construct 5 lacs litre underground RCC water tank with silting
chamber for filtration of the water before the inlet which will match with invert level of Storm

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 128 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

water drain. Design of RCC water tank shall be such that it shall resist Earth pressure and
Water pressure and satisfy all IS codes.

7.13.2 Module Washing System

Bidder shall provide permanent arrangement for module washing in the SPV Plant. This
shall include installing deep bores well(s) with pump(s) and motor, requisite storage
arrangement and laying network of HDPE pipe conforming to IS 4984 and other relevant
codes. The module washing shall be complete in all respect and the details shall conform to
the relevant IS codes. The complete scheme shall be subject to approval of the owner
including inputs points, design and drawings for the system. Opening from the HDPE pipe
with manual isolating valves should be provided at regular intervals. The opening
pipes for fixing the movable/Hose pipes for spraying water on module shall be made of
GI pipe. Bidder shall install flow meter for measurement of water consumption.
The water used for cleaning should be of appropriate quality fit for cleaning purpose as per
the recommendations of module manufacturer.
Bidder shall provide the piping and the instrumentation diagram (P&ID) of water washing
arrangement including the physical sequence of branches, reducers, valves, pressure
gauge, cleaning points with location of pump(s) and water storage tanks to SJVN for review
during detailed engineering.
The HDPE pipe shall be suitably protected against any impact load. The HDPE pipes shall be
covered higher diameter GI pipe at roads crossing for protection against any heavy loads
etc. at roads section. The same protection shall also be provided wherever higher loads are
expected. The bidder may also propose some other protection system for HDPE pipes.
These pipes shall be buried in ground by at least 150mm deep from NGL/FGL. Only in case of
rock at surface and difficulty in cutting the surface rocks pipe may be accepted at surface at
some location. The same shall be subject to review from the owner.

8 WEATHER MONITORINGSTATION
As a part of weather monitoring station, Bidder shall provide following measuring instruments
with all necessary software & hardware required to integrate with SCADA so as to enable
availability of data in SCADA.

8.1 PYRANOMETER

Bidder shall provide minimum two (02) number of Pyranometer for measuring incident global
solar radiation. One of them shall be placed on horizontal surface and the other on
adjustable inclined plane. The specification for Pyranometer shall be as follows:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 129 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Sl.No Details Values


1. SpectralResponse. 0.31to2.8micron
2. Sensitivity Min7micro-volt/w/m2
3. Timeresponse (95%): Max15s
4. Nonlinearity: 0.5%
5. TemperatureResponse: 2%
6. Tilt error: <0.5%.
7. Zerooffsetthermal radiation: 7w/m2
8. Zero offset temperature 2w/m2
change
9. Operating temperature 0 deg to+80 deg.
range:

10. Uncertainty(95%confidence Hourly- Max-3%, Daily- Max-2%


Level):
11. Nonstability: Max0.8%
12. Resolution: Min+/- 1W/m2
13. InputPowerforInstrument& 230V a.c.(Ifrequired)
Peripherals:

8.2 THERMOMETER

Bidder shall provide minimum two thermometers (one for ambient temperature measurement
with shielding case and other for module temperature measurement).The thermometers
shall be RTD/semiconductor type measuring instrument. Instrument shall have
arrangement of 0 deg C to 80 deg C.Theinstrument shall have valid calibration certificate.

8.3 ANEMOMETER

Bidder shall provide minimum one no. anemometer with wind vane of rotating cup type

Sl.No Details Values


1. Velocity range with 0.11m/supto10.1 m/s
accuracylimit 1.1%of truewhen more
than10.1 m/s
2. Wind direction range 0to360degwithaccuracy
with accuracylimit 4 deg

9 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 130 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

This part covers technical requirements which will form an integral part of the Contract. The
following provisions shall supplement all the detailed technical requirements brought out in
the Technical Specifications and the Technical Data Sheets.

9.2 BRAND NAME

Whenever a material or article is specified or described by the name of a particular brand,


manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned shall be understood to be indicative of
the function and quality desired, and not restrictive; other manufacturer's products may be
considered provided sufficient information is furnished to enable the Employer to determine
that the products proposed are equivalent to those named.

9.3 BASE OFFER & ALTERNATE PROPOSALS

The Bidder's proposal shall be based upon the use of equipment and material complying fully
with the requirements specified herein. It is recognized that the Contractor may have
standardized on the use of certain components, materials, processes or procedures
different than those specified herein. Alternate proposals offering similar equipment based
on the manufacturer's standard practice may also be considered, provided the base offer is
in line with technical specifications and such proposals meet the specified design standards
and performance requirement and are acceptable to the Employer. Sufficient amount of
information for justifying such proposals shall be furnished to Employer along with the bid to
enable the Employer to determine the acceptability of these proposals.

9.4 COMPLETENESS OF FACILITIES

Bidders may note that this is a contract inclusive of the scope as indicated elsewhere in the
specification. Each of the plant shall be engineered and designed in accordance with the
specification requirement. All engineering and associated services are required to ensure
that a completely engineered plant is provided.

All equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be complete in every respect, with all mountings,
fittings, fixtures and standard accessories normally provided with such equipment and/or
those needed for erection, completion and safe operation & maintenance of the equipment
and for the safety of the operating personnel, as required by applicable codes, though they
may not have been specifically detailed in the respective specifications, unless
included in the list of exclusions.
All similar standard components/ parts of similar standard equipment provided, shall be
interchangeable with one another.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 131 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

9.5 CODES & STANDARDS

In addition to the codes and standards specifically mentioned in the relevant technical
specifications for the equipment / plant / system, all equipment parts, systems and works
covered under this specification shall comply with all currently applicable statutory
regulations and safety codes of the Republic of India as well as of the locality where they
will be installed, including the following:

Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)


Indian electricity act
Indian electricity rules
Indian Explosives Act
Indian Factories Act and State Factories Act
Indian Boiler Regulations (IBR)
Regulations of the Central Pollution Control Board, India
Regulations of the Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of
India
Pollution Control Regulations of Department of Environment, Government of India
State Pollution Control Board.
Rules for Electrical installation by Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC).
Any other statutory codes / standards / regulations, as may be applicable.

Unless covered otherwise by Indian codes & standards and in case nothing to the contrary is
specifically mentioned elsewhere in the specifications, the latest editions (as applicable as
on date of bid opening), of the codes and standards given below shall also apply:
Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) (d) American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) (e) American Petroleum Institute (API)
Standards of the Hydraulic Institute, U.S.A. (g) International Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association (TEMA) (i) American Welding Society
(AWS)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) (k) National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA)
International Electro-Technical Commission (IEC) (m)Expansion Joint Manufacturers
Association (EJMA) (n) Heat Exchange Institute (HEI)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 132 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Other International/ National standards such as DIN, VDI, BS, GOST etc. shall also be
accepted for only material codes and manufacturing standards, subject to the Employer's
approval, for which the Bidder shall furnish, along with the offer, adequate information to
justify that these standards are equivalent or superior to the standards mentioned above. In
all such cases the Bidder shall furnish specifically the variations and deviations from the
standards mentioned elsewhere in the specification together with the complete word to
word translation of the standard that is normally not published in English.

As regards highly standardized equipment National /International standards such as JIS,


DIN, VDI, ISO, SEL, SEW, VDE, IEC & VGB shall also be considered as far as
applicable for Design, Manufacturing and Testing of the respective equipment. In addition,
these standards shall be referred for the design of machine foundations, wherever
specifically mentioned in the specifications. However, for those of the above equipment not
covered by these National / International standards, established and proven standards of
manufacturers shall also be considered.
In the event of any conflict between the codes and standards referred to in the above clauses
and the requirement of this specification, the requirement of Technical Specification
shall govern.
Two (2) English language copies of all-national and international codes and/or standards
which are not available with SJVN and same is used in the design of the plant,
equipment, civil and structural works shall be provided by the Contractor to the Employer
within two calendar months from the date of the Notification of Award.
In case of any change in codes, standards & regulations between the date of bid opening and
the date when vendors proceed with fabrication, the Employer shall have the option to
incorporate the changed requirements or to retain the original standard. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to bring to the notice of the Employer such changes and
advise Employer of the resulting effect.

9.6 EQUIPMENT FUNCTIONAL GUARANTEE

The functional guarantees of the equipment under the scope of the Contract is given
elsewhere in the technical specification. These guarantees shall supplement the general
functional guarantee provisions covered under General Conditions of Contract.
Liquidated damages for shortfall in meeting functional guarantee(s) during the performance
guarantee tests shall be assessed and recovered from the Contractor as specified
elsewhere in this specification.

9.7 DESIGN OF FACILITIES / MAINTENANCE & AVAILABILITY CONSIDERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 133 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Design of Facilities
All the design procedures, systems and components proposed shall have already been
adequately developed and shall have demonstrated good reliability under similar conditions
elsewhere.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection and design of appropriate equipment to
provide the best co-ordinated performance of the entire system. The basic requirements are
detailed out in various clauses of the Technical Specifications. The design of various
components, assemblies and subassemblies shall be done so that it facilitates easy field
assembly and dismantling. All the rotating components shall be so selected that the natural
frequency of the complete unit is not critical or close to the operating range of the unit.
Maintenance and Availability Considerations
Equipment/facilities offered shall be designed for high availability, low maintenance and ease of
maintenance. The Bidder shall specifically state the design features incorporated to achieve
high degree of reliability/ availability and ease of maintenance. The Bidder shall also furnish
details of availability records in the reference plants stated in his experience list.

9.8 Bidder shall state in his offer the various maintenance intervals, spare parts and man-hour
requirement during such operation. The intervals for each type of maintenance namely
the minor and major overhauls shall be specified in terms of fired hours, clearly defining the
spare parts and man- hour requirement for each stage.

Lifting devices i.e. hoists and chain pulley jacks, etc. shall be provided by the contractor for
handling of any equipment or any of its part having weight in excess of 500 kgs during
erection and maintenance activities.
Lifting devices like lifting tackles, slings, etc. to be connected to hook of the hoist / crane shall
be provided by the contractor for lifting the equipment and accessories covered under the
specification.

9.9 DOCUMENTS, DATA AND DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR

Bidders may note that this is a contract inclusive of the scope as indicated elsewhere in the
specification. Each of the plant and equipment shall be fully integrated, engineered and
designed to perform in accordance with the technical specification. All engineering and
technical services required ensuring a completely engineered plant shall be provided in
respect of mechanical, electrical, control & instrumentation, civil & structural works as per
the scope.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 134 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The Contractor shall furnish engineering data/drgs. for entire equipment covered under this
specification in accordance with the schedule of information as specified in Technical
Specification and Data sheets.. This documentation shall include but not be limited to the
following :

INSTRUCTION MANUALS
The Contractor shall submit to the Employer, draft Instruction Manuals for all the equipment
covered under the Contract by the end of one year from the date of his acceptance of the
Letter of Award. The Instruction manuals shall contain full details required for erection,
commissioning, operation and maintenance of each equipment. The manual shall be
specifically compiled for this project. After finalization and approval of the Employer the
Instruction Manuals shall be submitted. The Contract shall not be considered to be
completed for purposes of taking over until the final Instructions manuals have been
supplied to the Employer. The Instruction Manuals shall comprise of the following.

Erection & Commissioning Manuals/Checklists


The erection & Commissioning Manuals/Checklists shall be submitted at least one (1) months
prior to the commencement of erection activities of particular equipment/system. The
erection manual should contain the following as a minimum.
Erection strategy.
Sequence of erection.
Erection instructions.
Critical checks and permissible deviation/tolerances.
List of tool, tackles, heavy equipment like cranes, dozers, etc.
Bill of Materials
Procedure for erection.
General safety procedures to be followed during erection/installation.
Procedure for initial checking after erection.
Procedure for testing and acceptance norms.
Procedure / Check list for pre-commissioning activities.
Procedure / Check list for commissioning of the system.
Safety precautions to be followed in electrical supply distribution during erection
Operation & Maintenance Manuals
The operating and maintenance instructions together with drawings (other than
shop drawings) of the equipment, as completed, shall be in sufficient detail to enable
the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble and adjust all parts of the
equipment. They shall give a step by step procedure for all operations likely to be

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 135 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

carried out during the life of the plant / equipment including, operation, maintenance,
dismantling and repair including periodical activities such as chemical cleaning of the
generator. Each manual shall also include a complete set of drawings together with
performance/rating curves of the equipment and test certificates wherever
applicable. The contract shall not be considered to be completed for purposes for
taking over until these manuals have been supplied to the Employer.
If after the commissioning and initial operation of the plant, the manuals require any
modification / additions / changes, the same shall be incorporated and the updated
final instruction manuals shall be submitted to the Employer for records.
A separate section of the manual shall be for each size/ type of equipment and shall
contain a detailed description of construction and operation, together with all relevant
pamphlets and drawings.
The manuals shall include the following:
a) List of spare parts along with their drawing and catalogues and procedure for
ordering spares.
b) Lubrication Schedule including charts showing lubrication checking, testing
and replacement procedure to be carried daily, weekly, monthly & at longer
intervals to ensure trouble free operation.
c) Where applicable, fault location charts shall be included to facilitate
finding the cause of mal-operation or break down.
Detailed specifications for all the consumables including lubricant oils, greases,
chemicals etc. system/equipment/assembly/sub-assembly - wise required for the
complete plant.
On completion of erection, a complete list of bearings / equipment giving their
location, and identification marks etc. shall also be furnished to the Employer
indicating lubrication method for each type/category of bearing.
Project Completion Report
The Contractor shall submit a Project Completion Report at the time of handing over the plant.
After inspection by the third party as per requirement of NTPC, final acceptance of
individual equipment /system by the Employer, the Contractor will update all original
drawings and documents for the equipment/ system to "as built" conditions and submit.

9.10 ENGINEERING INFORMATION SUBMISSION SCHEDULE

Prior to the award of Contract, a Detailed Engineering Information Submission Schedule shall
be tied up with the Employer. For this, the bidder shall furnish a detailed list of
engineering information along with the proposed submission schedule. This list would be a
comprehensive one including all engineering data / drawings / information for all bought out

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 136 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

items and manufactured items. The information shall be categorised into the following
parts.

Information that shall be submitted for the approval of the Employer before
proceeding further, and
Information that would be submitted for Employers information only.

The Engineering Information Schedule shall be updated every 15 days.


The schedule should allow adequate time for proper review and incorporation of changes/
modifications, if any, to meet the contract without affecting the equipment delivery schedule
and overall project schedule. The early submission of drawings and data is as important as
the manufacture and delivery of equipment and hardware and this shall be duly considered
while determining the overall performance and progress.

ENGINEERING PROGRESS AND EXCEPTION REPORT


Report giving the status of each engineering information including
A list of drawings / engineering information which remains unapproved for more
than 15 days after the date of first submission
Drawings which were not submitted as per agreed schedule.
The draft format for this report shall be furnished to the Employer within 15 days of
the award of the contract, which shall then be discussed and finalised with the
Employer.

9.11 TECHNICAL CO-ORDINATION MEETING

The Contractor shall organize and attend at least one monthly progress Meetings with the
Employer/Employer's representatives during the period of Contract at mutually agreed
venues for review of progress & resolving technical clarifications, if any. The Contractor
shall attend such meetings at his own cost and fully co-operate with such persons and
agencies involved during the discussions.
The Contractor shall ensure availability of the concerned experts / consultants/ personnel
who are empowered to take necessary decisions during these meetings. The Contractor
shall be equipped with necessary tools and facilities so that, if required, the
drawings/documents can be resubmitted after incorporating necessary changes and
approved during the meeting itself.
The Contractor shall furnish monthly progress report to the Employer detailing out the progress
achieved on all erection activities as compared to the schedules. This shall be

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 137 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

supplemented by printed colour photographs and video in VCD/DVD indicating various


stages of erection and the progress of the work done at Site. The report shall also indicate
the reasons for the variance between the scheduled and actual progress and the action
proposed for corrective measures, wherever necessary.

9.12 DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS

The Employer or the Contractor may propose changes in the specification of the equipment or
quality thereof and if the parties agree upon any such changes the specification shall be
modified accordingly.
If any such agreed upon change is such that it affects the price and schedule of completion, the
parties shall agree in writing as to the extent of any changing the price and/or schedule of
completion before the Contractor proceeds with the change. Following such agreement, the
provision thereof, shall be deemed to have been amended accordingly.

9.13 EQUIPMENT BASES

A cast iron or welded steel base plate shall be provided for all rotating equipment which is to be
installed on a concrete base, unless otherwise specifically agreed to by the Employer. Each
base plate which support the unit and its drive assembly, shall be of a neat design with pads
for anchoring the units, shall have a raised lip all around, and shall have threaded drain
connections.

9.14 PROTECTIVE GUARDS

Suitable guards shall be provided for protection of personnel on all exposed rotating and/or
moving machine parts. All such guards shall be designed for easy installation and removal
for maintenance purpose.
Lubricants, Servo Fluids and Chemicals

The Bidders scope includes all the first fill and one years topping, requirements of
consumables such as oils, lubricants including grease, servo fluids, gases and essential
chemicals etc. Consumption of all these consumables during the initial operation and final
filling after the initial operation shall also be included in the scope of the Bidder.
As far as possible lubricants marketed by reputed companies shall be used. The variety of
lubricants shall be kept to a minimum possible.
Detailed specifications for the lubricating oil, grease, gases, servo fluids, control fluids,
chemicals etc. required for the complete plant covered herein shall be furnished. On
completion of erection, a complete list of bearings/ equipment giving their location and
identification marks shall be furnished to the Employer along with lubrication requirements.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 138 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

9.15 Lubrication

Equipment shall be lubricated by systems designed for continuous operation. Lubricant level
indicators shall be furnished and marked to indicate proper levels under both standstill and
operating conditions.

9.16 Material of Construction

All materials used for the construction of the equipment shall be new and shall be in accordance
with the requirements of this specification. Materials utilized for various components shall
be those which have established themselves for use in such applications.

9.17 RATING PLATES, NAME PLATES & LABELS

Each main and auxiliary item of plant including instruments shall have permanently attached
to it in a conspicuous position, a rating plate of non- corrosive material upon which shall be
engraved manufacturers name, equipment, type or serial number together with details of
the ratings, service conditions under which the item of plant in question has been designed
to operate, and such diagram plates as may be required by the Employer.
Such nameplates or labels shall be of white non-hygroscopic material with engraved black
lettering or alternately, in the case of indoor circuit breakers, starters, etc. of transparent
plastic material with suitably coloured lettering engraved on the back. The name plates shall
be suitably fixed on both front and rear sides.
Hanger/ support numbers shall be marked on all pipe supports, anchors, hangers, snubbers and
restraint assemblies. Each constant and variable spring support shall also have stamped
upon it the designed hot and cold load which it is intended to support. Suitable scale shall
also be provided to indicate load on support/hanger.
Nameplates shall be as per best practices of the industry
All such plates, instruction plates, etc. shall be bilingual with Hindi inscription first, followed by
English. Alternatively, two separate plates one with Hindi and the other with English
inscriptions may be provided.
All segregated phases of conductors or bus ducts, indoor or outdoor, shall be provided with
coloured phase plates to clearly identify the phase of the system

9.18 TOOLS AND TACKLES

The Contractor shall supply with the equipment one complete set of all special tools and tackles
and other instruments required for the erection, assembly, disassembly and proper
maintenance of the plant and equipment and systems (including software). These
special tools will also include special material handling equipment, jigs and fixtures

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 139 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

for maintenance and calibration / readjustment, checking and measurement aids etc. A list
of such tools and tackles shall be submitted by the Bidder alongwith the offer.
The price of each tool / tackle shall be deemed to have been included in the total bid price.
These tools and tackles shall be separately packed and sent to site. The Contractor shall
also ensure that these tools and tackles are not used by him during erection, commissioning
and initial operation. For this period the Contractor should bring his own tools and
tackles. All the tools and tackles shall be of reputed make acceptable to the Employer.

9.19 Welding

If the manufacturer has special requirements relating to the welding procedures for welds at the
terminals of the equipment to be per formed by others the requirements shall be submitted
to the Employer in advance of commencement of erection work.

9.20 Colour Code For All Equipments/ Piping/ Pipe Services

All equipment/ piping/ pipe services are to be painted by the Contractor in accordance with
Indian / International standard colour coding scheme, which will be furnished to the
Contractor during detailed engineering stage.
10 PROTECTION AND PRESERVATIVE SHOP COATING

10.1 Protection

All coated surfaces shall be protected against abrasion, impact, discoloration and any other
damages. All exposed threaded portions shall be suitably protected with either metallic or a
nonmetallic protection device. All ends of all valves and pipings and conduit equipment
connections shall be properly sealed with suitable devices to protect them from damage.
The parts which are likely to get rusted, due to exposure to weather, should also be properly
treated and protected in a suitable manner. All primers/paints/coatings shall take into
account the hot humid, corrosive & alkaline, subsoil or overground environment as the case
may be.

10.2 Preservative Shop Coating

All exposed metallic surfaces subject to corrosion shall be protected by shop application of
suitable coatings. All surfaces which will not be easily accessible after the shop assembly,
shall be treated beforehand and protected for the life of the equipment. All surfaces shall
be thoroughly cleaned of all mill scales, oxides and other coatings and prepared in the
shop. The surfaces that are to be finish-painted after installation or require corrosion
protection until installation, shall be shop painted with at least two coats of primer.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 140 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Transformers and other electrical equipment if included shall be shop finished with one or more
coats of primer and two coats of high grade resistance enamel. The finished colors shall be
as per manufacturers standards, to be selected and specified by the Employer at a later
date.
Shop primer for all steel surfaces which will be exposed to operating temperature below 95
degrees Celsius shall be selected by the Contractor after obtaining specific approval of the
Employer regarding the quality of primer proposed to be applied. Special high temperature
primer shall be used on surfaces exposed to temperature higher than 95 degrees Celsius
and such primer shall also be subject to the approval of the Employer.
All other steel surfaces which are not to be painted shall be coated with suitable rust preventive
compound subject to the approval of the Employer.
All piping shall be cleaned after shop assembly by shot blasting or other means approved by the
Employer. Lube oil piping or carbon steel shall be pickled.
Painting for Civil structures shall be done as per relevant part of technical specification
11 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMME

11.1 The Contractor shall adopt suitable quality assurance programme to ensure that the
equipment and services under the scope of contract whether manufactured or performed
within the Contractors works or at his sub-contractors premises or at the Employers site
or at any other place of work are in accordance with the specifications. Such programmes
shall be outlined by the Contractor in his bid and shall be finalized by the
Employer/authorised representative after discussions before the award of the contract.
The QA programme shall be generally in line with IS/ISO-9001.A quality assurance
programme of the contractor shall generally cover the following:

11.2 His organisation structure for the management and implementation of the proposed quality
assurance programme

Quality System Manual


Design Control System
Documentation and Data Control System
Qualification data for bidders key personnel.
The procedure for purchase of materials, parts, components and selection of sub-
contractors services including vendor analysis, source inspection, incoming raw-
material inspection, verification of materials purchased etc.
System for shop manufacturing and site erection controls including process,
fabrication and assembly.
Control of non-conforming items and system for corrective actions and resolution of

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 141 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

deviations.
Inspection and test procedure both for manufacture and field activities.
Control of calibration and testing of measuring testing equipment.
System for Quality Audits.
System for identification and appraisal of inspection status.
System for authorising release of manufactured product to the Employer.
System for handling, storage and delivery.
System for maintenance of records, and
Quality plans for manufacturing and field activities detailing out the specific quality
control procedure adopted for controlling the quality characteristics relevant to each
item of equipment/component.

11.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - QUALITY ASSURANCE

All materials, components and equipment covered under this specification shall be procured,
manufactured, erected, commissioned and tested at all the stages, as per a
comprehensive Quality Assurance Programme. An indicative programme of
inspection/tests to be carried out by the contractor for some of the major items is given in
the respective technical specification. This is, however, not intended to form a
comprehensive programme as it is the contractors responsibility to draw up and implement
such programme duly approved by the Employer. The detailed Quality Plans for
manufacturing and field activities shall be drawn up by the Bidder and will be submitted to
Employer which will be finalised before award.
Manufacturing Quality Plan will detail out for all the components and equipment, various
tests/inspection, to be carried out as per the requirements of this specification and
standards mentioned therein and quality practices and procedures followed by
Contractors/ Sub- contractors/ sub-supplier's Quality Control Organisation, the relevant
reference documents and standards, acceptance norms, inspection documents raised
etc., during all stages of materials procurement, manufacture, assembly and final
testing/performance testing. The Quality Plan shall be submitted on electronic media e.g.
floppy or E-mail in addition to hard copy, for review and finalized.
Field Quality Plans will detail out for all the equipment, the quality practices and procedures etc.
to be followed by the Contractors "Site Quality Control Organisation", during various stages
of site activities starting from receipt of materials/equipment at site.
The Bidder shall also furnish copies of the reference documents/plant standards/acceptance
norms/tests and inspection procedure etc., as referred in Quality Plans along with Quality
Plans. These finalized documents shall form a part of the contract. In these Quality Plans,

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 142 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Employer may identify customer hold points (CHP), i.e. test/checks which shall be carried
out in presence of the Employers Project Manager or his authorised representative and
beyond which the work will not proceed without consent of Employer in writing. All
deviations to this specification, approved quality plans and applicable standards must be
documented and referred to Employer along with technical justification for approval and
dispositioning.
No material shall be dispatched from the manufacturers works before the same is accepted,
subsequent to predispatch final inspection including verification of records of all previous
tests/inspections by Employers Project Manager/Authorised representative and duly
authorised for dispatch by issuance of Material Despatch Clearance Certificate (MDCC).
All material used for equipment manufacture including casting and forging etc. shall be of tested
quality as per relevant codes/standards. Details of results of the tests conducted to
determine the mechanical properties; chemical analysis and details of heat treatment
procedure recommended and actually followed shall be recorded on certificates and
time temperature chart. Tests shall be carried out as per applicable material standards
and/or agreed details.

12 Environmental Stress Screening

12.1 All solid state electronic system / equipment / sub assembly shall be free from infant
mortile components. For establishing the compliance to this requirement, the contractor /
sub contractor should meet the following.

12.2 The Contractor / Sub contractor shall furnish the established procedure being followed for
eliminating infant mortile components. The procedure followed by the Contractor / Sub
contractor should be substantiated along with the statistical figures to validate the
procedure being followed. The necessary details as required under this clause shall be
furnished at the stage of QP finalization.

Or

12.3 In case the Contractor / Sub contractor do not have any established procedure to
eliminate infant mortile components then two or 10% which ever is less, most densely
populated Panels shall be tested for Elevated Temperature Cycle Test as per the following
procedure.

12.4 Elevated Temperature Test Cycle

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 143 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

During the elevated temperature test which shall be for 48 hours, the ambient temperature shall
be maintained at 50 C. The equipment shall be interconnected with devices and kept under
energized conditions so as to repeatedly perform all operations it is expected to perform in
actual service with load on various components being equal to those which will be
experienced in actual service.
During the elevated temperature test the cubicle doors shall be closed (or shall be in the
position same as they are supposed to be in the field) and inside temperature in the
zone of highest heat dissipating components / modules shall be monitored. The
temperature rise inside the cubicle should not exceed 10 C above the ambient temperature
at 50 C.
In case of any failure during the test cycle, the further course of action should be mutually
discussed for demonstrating the intent of the above requirement.

12.5 Burn in Test Cycle

The test shall be conducted on all the panels fully assembled and wired including the panels
having undergone the above mentioned elevated temperature test.
The period of Burn in Test Cycle shall be 120 hrs and process shall be similar to the elevated
temperature test as above except that the temperature shall be reduced to the ambient
temperature prevalent at that time.
During the above tests, the process I/O and other load on the system shall be simulated by
simulated inputs and in the case of control systems; the process which is to be controlled
shall also be simulated. Testing of individual components or modules shall not be
acceptable.
During the Burn in Test the cubicle doors shall be closed (or shall be in the position same as
they are supposed to be in the field) and inside temperature in the zone of highest heat
dissipating components / modules shall be monitored. The temperature rise inside the
cubicle should not exceed 10 C above the ambient temperature.
The Contractor / Sub-contractor shall carry out routine test on 100% item at contractor / sub-
contractor's works. The quantum of check / test for routine
& acceptance test by employer shall be generally as per criteria / sampling plan defined in
referred standards. Wherever standards have not been mentioned quantum of check / test
for routine / acceptance test shall be as agreed during detailed engineering stage.

12.6 Documentation Package

The Contractor shall be required to submit the QA Documentation in two hard copies and two
CD ROMs, as identified in respective quality plan with tick mark.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 144 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Each QA Documentation shall have a project specific Cover Sheet bearing name & identification
number of equipment and including an index of its contents with page control on each
document.
The QA Documentation file shall be progressively completed by the Suppliers sub- supplier to
allow regular reviews by all parties during the manufacturing.
The final quality document will be compiled and issued at the final assembly place of equipment
before dispatch. However CD-Rom may be issued not later than three weeks.

12.7 Typical contents of QA Documentation is as below:-

Quality Plan
Material mill test reports on components as specified by the specification and approved Quality
Plans.
Manufacturer / works test reports/results for testing required as per applicable codes and
standard referred in the specification and approved Quality Plans.
Non-destructive examination results /reports including radiography interpretation reports.
Sketches/drawings used for indicating the method of traceability of the radiographs to the
location on the equipment.
Heat Treatment Certificate/Record (Time- temperature Chart)
All the accepted Non-conformance Reports (Major/Minor)/ deviation, including complete
technical details / repair procedure).
CHP / Inspection reports duly signed by the Inspector of the
Employer and Contractor for the agreed Customer Hold Points. (h) Certificate of Conformance
(COC) wherever applicable.
(i) MDCC

12.8 Similarly, the contractor shall be required to submit two sets (two hard copies and two
CD ROMs), containing QA Documentation pertaining to field activities as per Approved
Field Quality Plans and other agreed manuals/ procedures, prior to commissioning of
individual system.

12.9 Before dispatch / commissioning of any equipment, the Supplier shall make sure that the
corresponding quality document or in the case of protracted phased deliveries, the
applicable section of the quality document file is completed. The supplier will then
notify the Inspector regarding the readiness of the quality document (or applicable section)
for review.

12.10 If the result of the review carried out by the Inspector is satisfactory, the Inspector shall
stamp the quality document (or applicable section) for release.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 145 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

12.11 If the quality document is unsatisfactory, the Supplier shall endeavour to correct the
incompleteness, thus allowing to finalize the quality document (or applicable section) by
time compatible with the requirements as per contract documents. When it is done, the
quality document (or applicable section) is stamped by the Inspector.

12.12 If a decision is made dispatch, whereas all outstanding actions cannot be readily cleared
for the release of the quality document by that time. The supplier shall immediately, upon
shipment of the equipment, send a copy of the quality document Review Status signed by
the Supplier Representative to the Inspector and notify of the committed date for the
completion of all outstanding actions & submission. The Inspector shall stamp the quality
document for applicable section when it is effectively completed. The submission of QA
documentation package shall not be later than 3 weeks after the dispatch of equipment.

12.13 Transmission of QA Documentation

On release of QA Documentation by Inspector, one set of quality document shall be forwarded


to Corporate Quality Assurance Department and other set to respective Project Site of
Employer.
For the particular case of phased deliveries, the complete quality document to the Employer
shall be issued not later than 3 weeks after the date of the last delivery of equipment.

12.14 Project Managers Supervision

To eliminate delays and avoid disputes and litigation, it is agreed between the parties to the
Contract that all matters and questions shall be referred to the Project Manager and
without prejudice to the provisions of
Arbitration clause in Section GCC of Vol.I, the Contractor shall proceed to comply with the
Project Manager's decision.
The work shall be performed under the supervision of the Project Manager.
The scope of the duties of the Project Manager pursuant to the Contract, will include but not
be limited to the following:
Interpretation of all the terms and conditions of these documents and specifications:
Review and interpretation of all the Contractors drawing, engineering data, etc:
Witness or his authorised representative to witness tests and trials either at the
manufacturers works or at site, or at any place where work is performed under the
contract :
Inspect, accept or reject any equipment, material and work under the contract :
Issue certificate of acceptance and/or progressive payment and final payment
certificates

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 146 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Review and suggest modifications and improvement in completion schedules from


time to time, and
Supervise Quality Assurance Programme implementation at all stages of the works.

12.15 Inspection, Testing and Inspection Certificates

The word Inspector shall mean the Project Manager and/or his authorised representative
and/or an outside inspection agency acting on behalf of the Employer to inspect and
examine the materials and workmanship of the works during its manufacture or erection.
The Project Manager or his duly authorised representative and/or an outside inspection agency
acting on behalf of the Employer shall have access at all reasonable times to inspect and
examine the materials and workmanship of the works during its manufacture or erection and
if part of the works is being manufactured or assembled on other premises or works, the
Contractor shall obtain for the Project Manager and for his duly authorised representative
permission to inspect as if the works were manufactured or assembled on the Contractors
own premises or works.
The Contractor shall give the Project Manager/Inspector fifteen (15) days written notice of any
material being ready for testing. Such tests shall be to the Contractors account except for
the expenses of the Inspectors. The Project Manager/Inspector, unless the witnessing of
the tests is virtually waived and confirmed in writing, will attend such tests within fifteen (15)
days of the date on which the equipment is noticed as being ready for test/inspection failing
which the contractor may proceed with test which shall be deemed to have been made
in the inspectors presence and he shall forthwith forward to the inspector duly certified
copies of test reports in two (2) copies.
The Project Manager or Inspector shall within fifteen (15) days from the date of inspection
as defined herein give notice in writing to the Contractor, or any objection to any drawings
and all or any equipment and workmanship which is in his opinion not in accordance with
the contract. The Contractor shall give due consideration to such objections and shall either
make modifications that may be necessary to meet the said objections or shall inform in
writing to the Project Manager/Inspector giving reasons therein, that no modifications are
necessary to comply with the contract.
When the factory tests have been completed at the Contractors or sub- contractors works, the
Project Manager /Inspector shall issue a certificate to this effect fifteen (15) days after
completion of tests but if the tests are not witnessed by the Project Manager /Inspectors,
the certificate shall be issued within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of the Contractors test
certificate by the Project Manager /Inspector. Project Manager /Inspector to issue such a
certificate shall not prevent the Contractor from proceeding with the works. The completion

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 147 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

of these tests or the issue of the certificates shall not bind the Employer to accept the
equipment should it, on further tests after erection be found not to comply with the contract.
In all cases where the contract provides for tests whether at the premises or works of the
Contractor or any sub-contractor, the Contractor, except where otherwise specified shall
provide free of charge such items as labour, material, electricity, fuel, water, stores,
apparatus and instruments as may be reasonably demanded by the Project Manager
/Inspector or his authorised representatives to carry out effectively such tests on the
equipment in accordance with the Contractor and shall give facilities to the Project
Manager/Inspector or to his authorised representative to accomplish testing.
The inspection by Project Manager and issue of Inspection Certificate thereon shall in no way
limit the liabilities and responsibilities of the Contractor in respect of the agreed Quality
Assurance Programme forming a part of the contract.
To facilitate advance planning of inspection in addition to giving inspection notice as specified
at clause no 9.05.03- of this chapter, the Contractor shall furnish entire inspection
programme indicating schedule dates of inspection at Customer Hold Point and final
inspection stages. Updated quarterly inspection plans will be made for each three
consecutive months and shall be furnished before beginning of each calendar month.
All inspection, measuring and test equipment used by contractor shall be calibrated periodically
depending on its use and criticality of the test/measurement to be done. The Contractor
shall maintain all the relevant records of periodic calibration and instrument identification,
and shall produce the same for inspection by SJVN. Wherever asked specifically, the
contractor shall re-calibrate the measuring/test equipment in the presence of Project
Manager / Inspector.

12.16 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning Facilities

The Contractor upon completion of installation of equipments and systems, shall conduct pre-
commissioning and commissioning activities, to make the equipment/systems ready for
safe, reliable and efficient operation on sustained basis. During commissioning the
Contractor shall carry out system checking and reliability trials on various parts of the
facilities. All pre-commissioning/commissioning activities considered essential for such
readiness of the equipment/systems including those mutually agreed and included in the
Contractors quality assurance programme as well as those indicated in clauses elsewhere
in the technical specifications shall be performed by the contractor.
The pre-commissioning and commissioning activities of the equipment/systems furnished and
installed by the contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
provide, in addition, temporary instrumentation and other measuring devices, test

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 148 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

instruments, calibrating devices etc. and labour required for successful performance of
these operations. If it is anticipated that the above test may prolong for a long time, the
Contractors workmen required for the above test shall always be present at site during such
operations.

12.17 All erection & commissioning checks shall be as per manufacturers manual on
mutually agreed terms.

As soon as the facilities or part thereof has been completed operationally and structurally and
before start-up, each item of the equipment and systems forming part of facilities shall be
thoroughly cleaned and then inspected jointly by the Employer and the Contractor for
correctness of and completeness of facility or part thereof and acceptability for initial
pre-commissioning tests, commissioning and start-up at Site. The list of pre-commissioning
tests to be performed shall be as mutually agreed and included in the Contractor's
quality assurance programme as well as those included elsewhere in the Technical
Specifications.
The Contractor's pre-commissioning/ commissioning/start-up engineers, specially identified
as far as possible, shall be responsible for carrying out all the pre-commissioning tests at
Site. Oncompletion of inspection, checking and after the pre- commissioning tests
are satisfactorily over, the commissioning of the complete facilities shall be commenced
during which period the complete facilities, equipments shall be operated integral with sub-
systems and supporting equipment as a complete plant.
The time consumed in the inspection and checking of the units shall be considered as a part of
the erection and installation period.
The check outs during the pre - commissioning period should be programmed to follow the
construction completion schedule. Each equipment/system, as it is completed in
construction and turned over for commissioning (start-up), should be checked out and
cleaned. The checking and inspection of individual systems should then follow a prescribed
commissioning documentation [SCL (Standard Check List) / TS (Testing Schedule) /
CS (Commissioning Schedule)] to be furnished by the manufacturer/supplier.
The Contractor shall conduct vibration testing to determine the 'base line' of performance of all
plant rotating equipment. These tests shall be conducted when the equipment is running at
the base load, peak load as well as lowest sustained operating condition as far as
practicable.

12.18 Safety aspects during construction and erection

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 149 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

In addition to the requirements given in Erection Conditions of Contract (ECC) the following
shall also cover:
(a) Working platforms should be fenced and shall have means of access.
(b) Ladders in accordance with Employers safety rules for construction and erection
shall be used. Rungs shall not be welded on columns. All the stairs shall be provided
with handrails immediately after its erection.

12.19 Packaging and Transportation

All the equipment shall be suitably protected, coated, covered or boxed and crated to prevent
damage or deterioration during transit, handling and storage at Site till the time of erection.
While packing all the materials, the limitation from the point of view of the sizes of railway
wagons available in India should be taken account of. The Contractor shall be responsible
for any loss or damage during transportation, handling and storage due to improper
packing. The Employer's Inspector shall have right to insist for completion of works in
shops before dispatch of materials for transportation.

12.20 ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE

All electrical equipment and devices, including insulation, heating and ventilation devices shall
be designed for ambient temperature and a maximum relative humidity as specified
elsewhere in the specification.
13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL

13.1 All instrumentation and control systems/ equipment/ devices/ components, furnished under
this contract shall be in accordance with the requirements stated herein, unless otherwise
specified in the detailed specifications.

13.2 All instrument scales and charts shall be calibrated and printed in metric units and shall
have linear graduation. The ranges shall be selected to have the normal reading at
75% of full scale.

13.3 All scales and charts shall be calibrated and printed in Metric Units

13.4 All instruments and control devices provided on panels shall be of miniaturized design,
suitable for modular flush mounting on panels with front draw out facility and flexible plug-in
connection at rear.

13.5 All electronic modules shall have gold plated connector fingers and further all input and
output modules shall be short circuit proof. These shall also be tropicalised & components
shall be of industrial grade or better.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 150 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

13.6 Electrical Noise Control

The equipment furnished by the Contractor shall incorporate necessary techniques to eliminate
measurement and control problems caused by electrical noise. Areas in Contractors
equipment which are vulnerable to electrical noise shall be hardened to eliminate possible
problems. Any additional equipment, services required for effectively eliminating the noise
problems shall be included in the proposal. The equipment shall be protected against ESD
as per IEC-801- 2. Radio Frequency interference (RFI) and Electro Magnetic Interference
(EMI) protection against hardware damage and control system mal-operations/errors shall
be provided for all systems.

13.7 Electronic Module/Component Details

The Bidder shall have to furnish all technical details including circuit diagrams, specifications of
components, etc., in respect of each and every electronic card/module as employed on the
various solid state as well as microprocessor based systems and equipment including
conventional instruments, peripherals etc.
It is mandatory for the Bidder to identify clearly the custom built ICs used in the package. The
Bidder shall also furnish the details of any equivalents of the same.

D. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE


14 Performance Ratio Test Procedure

14.1 PR - Provisional Acceptance Test Verification Procedure

The Performance ratio test aims at the comparison of the actual PV plant energy production with
the guaranteed value for a limited operation time of the PV plant of 30 consecutive days.
After the preliminary tests (mechanical completion and inverter commissioning) and after
receiving all the satisfactory results regarding the correct operation of the plant, there will be
continuous monitoring of the performance for 30 days. This monitoring will be performed on
the site under the supervision of the Employer / Employer's engineer.
The final tests to prove the guaranteed performance parameters shall be conducted at site by
the Contractor in presence of the Employer. The Contractor's commissioning / start-up
Engineer shall make the plant ready to conduct such tests. The Performance Guarantee
Tests (PG tests) shall be commenced, within a period of one (1) month after the successful
completion plant and preliminary tests. Any extension of time beyond the above one (1)
month shall be mutually agreed upon. These tests shall be binding on both the parties to

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 151 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

the contract to determine compliance of the equipment with the guaranteed performance
parameters.
The test will consist of guaranteeing the correct operation of each plant individually over 30
days, by the way of the efficiency rate (performance ratio) based on the reading of the
energy produced and delivered to the grid and the average incident solar radiation.
The Efficiency or performance ratio (PR) of the PV Plant is calculated as follows (according to
IEC 61724)

Performance Ratio (PR) = {YA / YR}*[1 * (TCellavg TCell)]

Where;
YA = Final PV system yield (representing the number of hours that the system would need to
operate at its rated output power PNom to contribute the same energy to the grid as was
monitored)
Or YA = Eac / PNom
YR = Reference yield (representing the number of hours during which the solar radiation would
need to be at STC irradiance levels in order to contribute the same incident energy as was
monitored)
Or YR = IR Site/ IR STC
Eac = AC energy injected into the grid during a clearly specified amount of time (kWh)
PNom = Installed nominal peak power of modules (Flash test rating at STC) (kWp)
IR Site = Irradiation on the module plane of array during a clearly specified amount of time
(measured with a pyranometer installed on the array plane) (kWh/sq. m)
IR STC = Irradiance at STC (kW/ sq. m)
Tcellavg= Average annual cell/ module temperature (oC)
Tcell = STC cell/ module temperature ( oC)
= temperature coefficient of power (negative in sign) corresponds to the installed
module (%/oC)
14.2 Monitoring System for PR Verification

The following instrumentation will be used to determine the Solar Plant Performance:
Power Meter at the delivery point
Power Meter for each inverter for reference only
One nos. calibrated pyranometer to determine irradiance on the plane of array (with a
target measurement uncertainty of 2).
One nos. calibrated pyranometer to determine irradiance on horizontal plane (with a target
measurement uncertainty of 2)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 152 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Two nos. thermocouples to attached to back sheet of module to measure module


temperature with a measurement uncertainty of 1 C
Shielded ventilated thermocouple to measure ambient temperature with a measurement
accuracy of 1C
An anemometer mounted on a 10m mast to measure wind speed (without additional
shadowing on modules).
Data measurement shall be witnessed in the format mutually agreed before the start of PR test
by the employer and the contractor jointly for the said period.

E. Inspection & Testing


15 Inspection:

15.1 SJVN shall have free access to Bidders manufacturers works to inspect, expedite and
witness shop tests. Any materials or work found to be defective or which does not meet the
requirements of the specification will be rejected and shall be replaced at Bidders cost.
Owner reserves the right to carry out stage wise inspection of fabrication and components.
The Bidder shall furnish a detailed quality assurance plan for SJVN review.

15.2 The test & inspection shall be carried out at manufacturers work and at site with the
Bidders obligation. The test and Inspection shall be done in accordance with the relevant
standards and the Manufacturer's standard before the delivery to site as well as after the
erection and commission at site. The bidders shall give the list of tests that they will carry
out at site to show the performance of plant.

15.3 A detailed 'QAP' for Manufacturing and Inspection shall be submitted by the Bidder for
Owner's approval. The data of each test and inspection shall be recorded and submitted as
soon as the test/ trials are conducted and will also be a part of final documentation.

15.4 The shop test shall be carried out to prove the performance parameters of the offered
model. The testing shall be done in the presence of the representatives of the department.

15.5 The department shall be sending its representatives/ SJVN officers for inspection of stage
manufacturing and testing at works & 7 days training at manufactures works of SPV module
and PCU manufacturer. SJVN shall bear the cost of to and fro journey, stay, lodging etc.
However the cost of 7 days training at manufactures shall be to the bidders account. The
notice of such inspection shall be given 30 days in advance in case of countries outside
India and 15 days in India.

15.6 Manufacturer has to submit procedure for Test carried out at their Factory:

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 153 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Start Up Trials
Load Test
Records & Measurements
Safety Device List
Setting values for all sensors for Pressure and Temperature
Dimensional Check-up, Overall Inspection, Completeness of Scope of Supply
Shop Test/Load Test for Solar Power Plant

16 Load Trials & Reliability test at Site

16.1 Performance Guarantee Test at Site for Grid Connect Solar Power Plant, HT Panel etc.
These tests will be conducted at site as per site conditions at available load and after
performing all pre-commissioning check and trials and after readiness of the entire Solar
Power Plant system which are required to carry out the load trials

16.2 All the tests which are mentioned in the load test of Solar Power Plant will be carried out in
presence of SJVN Representative at site at site conditions and the parameters checked in
accordance with the data sheet and guaranteed parameters given by the Contractor.

16.3 All the equipment supplied by the vendor will be tested as per relevant standard/ Quality
assurance plan at site conditions and the performance monitored.

16.4 Quality Issues

Accordingly, the Manufacturing Quality Plan shall be submitted broadly under following sub-
heads:-
Raw material/Bought Out items and Components.
In process inspection and test/checks to establish successful completion/
accomplishment of the process.
Final tests/checks in accordance with relevant national/ international standards/
specification.Contractor will submit and get finalized detailed comprehensive Standard
Field Quality Plan (SFQP) within 30 days from date of issue of the order for bought out
items and items manufactured by them. The Standard Field Quality Plan shall relate to
the specific and objective erection practices right from storage of equipment till final
inspection and testing to be followed for bought out items and items manufactured by
Contractor.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 154 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

16.5 The quantum of check for each and every inspection/test items shall be based on an
established sampling method and the quantum of check indicated in the SFQP should be
designed adequate quality protection.

16.6 In case reference documents/acceptance norms are indicated as per plant standards then
the same shall be duly substantiated/properly explained by well-established and proven
engineering practices. All submissions will be in English language only.

16.7 Bidder will to allow SJVN to carry out Quality/Audit/Quality surveillance on bidders and our
sub-vendors work with reference to contractual obligations to ensure that the quality
management practices/norms as detailed out in the Quality Manual are adhered to. To
facilitate this activity, you shall keep SJVN informed all progress of work in this contract on
monthly basis.

16.8 Contractor will associate/fully witness in each inspection being carried out at their/their sub-
vendors works by our authorized inspection engineer(s).

16.9 SJVN shall also carry out quality audit and quality surveillance of your systems, procedures
and quality control activities. However, this shall not relive you of any of your contractual
responsibilities under the contract.

17 Warranty / Guarantees

17.1 PV modules used in grid connected solar power plants must be warranted for peak output
wattage, which should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end
of 25 years.

17.2 The modules shall be warranted for at least 10 years for failures due to material defects
and workmanship.

17.3 The Contractor must ensure that the goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused
and of most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design
and materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract.

17.4 During the period of Warranty / Guarantee the Contractor shall remain liable to replace any
defective parts, that becomes defective in the plant, of its own manufacture or that of its
sub-Contractors, under the conditions provided for by the Contract under and arising solely
from faulty design, materials or workmanship, provided such defective parts are not
repairable at Site. After replacement, the defective parts shall be returned to the
Contractors works at the expense of the Contractor unless otherwise arranged.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 155 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

17.5 At the end of guarantee period, the Contractors liability shall cease. In respect of goods not
covered by the first paragraph of this clause, the Employer shall be entitled to the benefit of
such guarantee given to the Contractor by the original Contractor or manufacturer of such
goods.

17.6 During the Operation & Maintenance and guarantee period, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any defects in the work due to faulty workmanship or due to use of sub-
standard materials in the work. Any defects in the work during the guarantee period shall
therefore, be rectified by the Contractor without any extra cost to the Employer within a
reasonable time as may be considered from the date of receipt of such intimation from
the Employer failing which the Employer shall take up rectification work at the risk and
cost of the Contractor.

18 Operation and Maintenance


SJVN wishes to entrust the total O&M activities of the 70 MW (AC) Solar Photovoltaic Power
Plant to the contractor on turnkey for the 10 (ten) years .The period of Operation and
Maintenance will be deemed to commence from the date of successful completion of
Operational Acceptance Test.

18.1 The Turnkey contractor shall be responsible for all the required activities for the successful
running, optimum energy generation & maintenance of the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant
covering:

Deputation of qualified and experienced engineers and technicians


Deputation of Security personnel for the complete security of plant
Successful running of Solar Power Plant for optimum energy generation.
Co-ordination with STU/ SLDC/ other statutory organizations as per the requirement on behalf of
Employer for JMR Recordings, furnishing generations schedules as per requirement,
revising schedules as necessary and complying with grid requirements.
Monitoring, controlling, troubleshooting maintaining of logs & records, registers.
Supply of all spares, consumables and fixing / application as required. List and quantity to be
submitted for which stock will be maintained during O&M period.
Supply & use of consumables such as grease oil etc. throughout the maintenance period as per
recommendations of the equipment manufacturers.
Conducting periodical checking, testing, over hauling and preventive action.
General up keeping of all equipment, building, roads, Solar PV modules, inverter etc.
Submission of periodical reports to SJVN on the energy generation & operating conditions of the
power plant.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 156 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Furnishing generation data monthly to Employer by 1st week of every month for the previous
month to enable Employer raise commercial bills on consumers.
Replacement of Modules, Invertors/PCUs and other equipment as required.
Weekly/ Monthly O&M reports after commissioning of the project

18.2 Continuous monitoring the performance of the Solar Power Plant and regular maintenance
of the whole system including Modules, PCUs, transformers, overhead line, outdoor/indoor
panels/ kiosks etc. are necessary for extracting and maintaining the maximum energy
output from the Solar Power Plant.

18.3 Corrective and preventive O&M of the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant including supply of
spares, consumables, wear and tear, overhauling, replacement of damaged modules,
invertors, PCUs and insurance coverage as mentioned in SCC (Special Conditions of
Contract).

18.4 Operation part consists of deputing necessary manpower necessary to operate the Solar
Photovoltaic Power Plant at the optimum capacity. Operation procedures such as
preparation to starting, running, routine operations with safety precautions, monitoring etc.
shall be carried out as per the manufacturers instructions to have trouble free operation of
the complete system.

18.5 Daily work of the operators in the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant involves periodic cleaning
of Modules, logging the voltage, current, power factor, power and energy output of the Plant
at different levels. The operator shall also note down failures, interruption in supply and
tripping of different relays, reason for such tripping, duration of such interruption etc. The
other task of the operators is to check battery voltage specific gravity and temperature.
The operator shall record monthly energy output, down time, etc.

18.6 The contractor shall carry out the periodical/plant maintenance as given in the
manufacturers service manual and perform minimum requirement.

18.7 Regular periodic checks of the Modules, PCUs and other switchgears shall be carried out
as a part of routine corrective & preventive maintenance.

18.8 Maintenance of other major equipment involved in Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant are step
up transformers, indoor/outdoor first step-up voltage level panels, outdoor second step-up
voltage level VCB / SF6 kiosk, associated switchgears, other fixtures & components and
metering panel. Particular care shall be taken for outdoor equipment to prevent corrosion.
Cleaning of the insulators and applying Vaseline on insulators shall also be carried out at
every 3 to 4 months interval. Resistance of the earthing system as well as individual earth

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 157 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

pit is to be measured and recorded every month. If the earth resistance is high suitable
action is to be taken to bring down the same.

18.9 According to the recommendations stock of special tools and tackles shall be maintained
for Modules, PCUs, switchgears and other major electrical equipment.

18.10 A maintenance record is to be maintained by the operator/engineer-in-charge to record the


regular maintenance work carried out as well as any breakdown maintenance along with
the date of maintenance reasons for the breakdowns steps have taken to attend the
breakdown duration of the breakdown etc.

18.11 The Schedules will be drawn such that some of the jobs other than breakdown, which may
require comparatively long stoppage of the Power Plant, shall be carried out preferably
during the non-sunny season. An information shall be provided to Project Manager for such
operation prior to start.

18.12 The Contractor shall deploy enough manpower at Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant site to
carryout work instructions and preventive maintenance schedules as specified. The
contractor shall keep sufficient number of skilled and experienced supervisors required at
site on permanent basis to supervise the jobs that are being carried out at site.

18.13 The Contractor will attend to any breakdown jobs immediately for repair/replacement
/adjustments and complete at the earliest working round the clock. During breakdowns (not
attributable to normal wear and tear) at O&M period, the Contractor shall immediately
report the accidents, if any, to the Project Manager showing the circumstances under
which it happened and the extent of damage and or injury caused.

18.14 The Contractor shall comply with the provision of all relevant acts of Central or State
Governments including payment of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948,
Employer's Liability Act 1938, Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, Industrial Dispute Act
1947, Maturity Benefit Act 1961, Mines Act 1952, Employees State Insurance Act 1948,
Contract Labour (Regulations & Abolishment) Act 1970, Electricity Act 2003, Grid Code,
Metering Code, MNRE guide lines or any modification thereof or any other law relating
whereto and rules made there under from time to time.

18.15 The contractor shall at his own expense provide all amenities to his workmen as per
applicable laws and rules.

18.16 The Contractor shall ensure that all safety measures are taken at the site to avoid accidents
to his or his sub-contractor or SJVN's Workmen.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 158 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

18.17 If negligence / mal operation of the contractor's operator results in failure of equipment such
equipment should be repaired replaced by contractor at free of cost.

18.18 If any jobs covered in O&M Scope are not carried out by the contractor during the O&M
period pro-rata deduction will be made based on the quantum of work from the O&M
contract bills as approved by the Project Manager.

18.19 Cleaning of plant, drains, cable trenches, box culverts, array yard on regular basis and as
and when required.

18.20 Herbicide spray and /or grass cutting on a periodic basis.

18.21 Establishing a system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment,


consumables and other supplies required for the facilitys hassle free operation.

18.22 To Perform or contract for and oversee the performance of periodic overhauls or
maintenance required for the facility in accordance with the recommendations of the
original equipment manufacturer (OEM).

18.23 Procurement for spares parts, overhaul parts, tools, equipment, consumables, etc. required
to operate and maintain the project in accordance with the prudent utility practices and
having regarded to warranty recommendations.

18.24 Maintain and keep all administrative offices, roads, tool room, stores room, equipment,
clean, green and in workable conditions.

18.25 Discharge obligations relating to retirement/ Superannuating benefits to employees or any


other benefit accruing to them in the nature of compensation, profit in lieu / in addition to
salary, etc. for the period of service with the contractor, irrespective continuance of
employees with the project as employees of Contractor, after conclusion of O&M period.

18.26 Availability of vehicles for O&M staff and for every day inspection by SJVN as per
requirement may be ensured, failing which SJVN shall have full right for alternate
arrangement at the risk & cost of contractor.

18.27 During O&M the bidder need to make all efforts so as to maintain 99% uptime of the plant
to achieve the proposed CUF specified elsewhere in SCC, at the end of each year.

19 Quality Spares & Consumables

19.1 In order to ensure longevity and safety of the core equipment and optimum performance of
the system the contractor should use only genuine spares of high quality standards.

19.2 Tools and Tackles

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 159 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The Contractor shall arrange for all the necessary tools and tackles for carrying out all the
construction, operation and maintenance work covered under this contract.

19.3 Security services

The contractor has to arrange proper security system including deputation of security personnel
at his own cost for the check vigil for the Solar Power Plant. The security staff may be
organized to work on suitable shift system; proper checking & recording of all incoming &
outgoing materials vehicles shall be maintained. Any occurrence of unlawful activities shall
be informed to SJVN immediately. A monthly report shall be sent to SJVN on the security
aspects.

20 Handing over of the plant

20.1 At the end of the contract period, the contractor shall hand over the plant and equipment
back to the owner in completely safe and health condition and without any pending defect.

20.2 Hand over the system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment,
consumables and supplies for the facilitys operation along-with required inventory to
maintain the facility for two year on the basis of average requirement at the time of
conclusion of O&M period.

20.3 After O&M period, SJVN may at its discretion decide to extend the existing O&M contract
for a period of five years on mutually acceptable terms& conditions.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 160 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET-1
Guaranteed Technical Particular data Sheet for Solar PV Module
(To be furnished by the bidder)

S. No. Particulars Unit Type/value


1. PV Module Manufacture name & Country
2. PV Module type (Thin/ Crystalline- Mono/Multi)
3. Product Code
4. Product Status Standard
5. No. of PV cells per Module
6. Mounting arrangement for Solar Module
7. Solar Module frame material
8. Module dimensions
9. Output Cables (viz., Polarized Weather Proof
DC rated multi-contact connector)
10. Weather resistant HDPE Junction Box (IP65)
11. Construction front back
12. Temperature rise of solar cells under severe
working conditions over Max. Ambient Temp.
13. Nominal voltage
14. Nominal Wattage
15. Power Tolerance (3%)
17. Peak power voltage (Vmp)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 161 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

18. Peak power current (Imp)


19. Open circuit voltage (Voc)
20. Short circuit current (Isc)
21. Weight of each module (Kg)
22. Fill Factor
23. Standards/Approvals from International IEC61215
Agencies IEC 61730
TUV
0
24. Module is suitable to operate at 50 ambient Yes/No
25 Cell efficiency %
26 Module efficiency %

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 162 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET-2

Technical Particular Data Sheet for Power Conditioning Unit


(To be furnished by the bidder)

Particulars Unit Value


AC Side
Nominal AC power @ 25oC
Nominal AC power @ 50oC
Output AC voltage
Frequency
Total Harmonic Distortion
AC over / under voltage over / under frequency
protection
Phase shift (cos phi)
DC Side
Maxium Input power
Maximum DC voltage
MPPT voltage range
Maximum DC current
DC over voltage protection
DC voltage ripple
Others
Minimum Efficiency (CE)
Euro Efficiency
Ambient temperature range
Humidity (non-condensing)
Quiescent power
Degree of protection
Dimensions approx. (HXWXD)
Weight
Compliances (Reference Standards)

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 163 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET -3

Technical Particular Of First step-up voltage level Step-up Transformer


(InverterTransformer) and Second step-up voltage level Step-Up Power Transformer
(as per design requirements of NTPC and SPIA)
(To be furnished by the bidder)

S. Description Guaranteed particulars to be filled in by the


No. manufacturer
1. Service
2. Type
3. Rating kVA
4. Rated frequency Hz
5. Number of phase
HV side
LV side
Neutral (separate outside)
6. Rated Voltage
a) HV winding kV
b) LV winding kV
7. Vector group
8. Type of cooling
(ONAN/ONAF)
9. Insulation level
a) Power frequency withstand
-kV rms. (HV/LV)
b) Impulse withstand voltage -
kV
(HV/LV)
10. Method of Earthing
11. Duty
12. Short circuit level
13. Off circuit tap changer:
a) Range %
b) In steps of

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 164 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

S. Description Guaranteed particulars to be filled in by the


No. manufacturer
c) Tapping provided on HV side
14. Tap changer type
15. Impedance voltage at 75oC
a) At principal tapping %
16. Temperature rise above 50oC
ambient
a) Top of oil by thermometer oC
b) Womdomg by resistance oC
17. Terminal details
a) HV side
b) LV side
18. Losses (at 75oC and principal
tapping)
a) No load loss at rated voltage kW
and frequency
b) Load loss at rated current kW
(ONAN)
c) Total loss at maximum rated
power kW
19. Efficiency at 75oC and 0.9 PF
a) At full load (ONAN) %
b) At 75% load (ONAN) %
c) At 50% load (ONAN) %
20. Hot spot temperature in winding limit
to oC
21. Shipping dimensions
a) Height m
b) Breadth m
c) Length m
22. Painting
23. Reference Standards

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 165 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET - 4
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF First Step-up Voltage
Level and Second step-up voltage level OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROL PANEL
A) Circuit Breakers:
1) Manufacturer's name and collaborator
(If any)
2) Type designation:
3) Number of poles.
4) Class
5) Rated voltage.
6) Rated insulation level.
i) Lightning impulse withstand
Voltage.
ii) One minute power frequency
Withstand voltage.
iii) One minute power frequency
Withstand voltage for auxiliary
Circuits.
7) Rated frequency.
8) Rated normal current:
9) Rated short circuit breaking current/
Capacity.
10) Rated short time withstand current
And its duration.
11) Rated transient recovery voltage for
Terminal faults.
12) Rated short circuit making current.
13) Rated operating sequence
(Test duty cycle).
14) First pole to clear factor.
15) a) Opening time.
b) Closing time.
16) Total break time measured from the
instant of trip circuit energisation :

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 166 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

(a) At 10% breaking capacity (m sec)


(b) At 100% breaking capacity (m sec)
17) Protection class of Breaker
18) Constructional features:
i) Mass of complete Circuit Breaker with
mechanism and Vacuum Bottle .
ii) Mass of Vacuum Bottle.
19) Operating mechanism of circuit
breaker and its associated equipment :
i) Type of closing mechanism.
ii) Whether the circuit breaker is trip
free or fixed trip and whether it is with
lockout preventing closing.
iii) Rated supply voltage of closing
mechanism.
iv) Current required at rated supply
Voltage to close the circuit breaker.
v) Number and type of spare auxiliary
Switches/contacts.
vi) Current required at rated supply
Voltage by other auxiliaries.
20) Other information
i) Type of breaker (Drawout or fixed)
Type of isolation (Vertical or horizontal)
ii) Type of arc control device.
iii) Main Contact:
1. Type
2. Material.
3. Silver facing provided.
4. Design contact pressure.
iv) Life:
i) Mechanical operations.
ii) Electrical operations.
iii) Short circuit operations.
iv) Max. temperature rise over an
ambient temp. of 50 Deg.C.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 167 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

vi) Transient behavior details:


a) PF recovery voltage between phases.
b) Peak transient recovery voltage.
c) Rate of rise of recovery voltage.
vii ) Rated Current of Terminal Connectors.
viii) Details of interlocks provided.
ix) Derating factor for specified 50 Deg.C
ambient temp. & site condition if any.
x) Max. chopping current.
xi) Vacuum interrupter details.
a) Make & Code No. of vacuum bottle.
b) Pressure inside interrupter.
c) Manufacturer's code number/Reference standard.
xii) Contact wear indication.
21) Thickness of sheet steel
22) Whether CRCA Sheet used
The manufacture should give the necessary information as regards the overall dimensions of the
circuit breakers and details necessary for the design of the foundation. General information
regarding maintenance should also be given.

B) First Step-up Voltage Level and Second step-up voltage level VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMERS:
1) Manufacturer's name.
2) Type designation.
3) Highest equipment voltage.
4) Number of phases.
5) System earthing.
6) Insulation level:
i) One minute power frequency withstand
voltage for :
a) Primary winding.
b) Secondary winding.
ii) Impulse withstand voltage.
7) Frequency.
8) Transformation ratio.
9) Rated output.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 168 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

10) Accuracy class.


11) Winding connection.
12) Type:
i) Resin cast
ii) Whether three phase.
iii) Type of fuses provided.
a) Primary.
b) Secondary.
c) Make.
14) Whether Voltage Transformer is mounted
on the top part of the Cubical.

C) First Step-up Voltage Level and Second step-up voltage level Current Transformers:
1) Manufacturer's name.
2) Type designation.
3) Rated voltage.
4) Type of insulation resin cast.
5) Insulation level:
i) 1 minute.Power Frequency withstand voltage for
primary winding.
ii) Impulse withstand voltage.
iii) PF withstand voltage for secondary.
6) Frequency.
7) Transformation ratio.
8) Rated output (Core-I and Core-II).
9) Class of accuracy (Core-I and Core-II).
10) Instrument security factor.
11) Short time thermal current and its
duration.
12) Secondary wdg. rise at 75 C.(Max.)
13) Knee point voltage.
14) Maximum exciting current (in r.m.s.)

D) RELAYS:
Numerical Relay
1. Manufacturer's name.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 169 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

2. Type designation.
3. Rated CT Secondary Current.
4. Tap range.
5. VA burden.
i) Highest tap.
ii) Lowest tap.
6. Rate Voltage of Coil for Operation.
7. Whether relay is able to store a minimum of
two previous fault values including fault level
and phase.
8. Whether relay is mounted in flush pattern on the
Panel board.
9. Whether test blocks provided as per specification.
10. Whether numerical relay is with communication facility
and standard open protocol / SCADA compatibility
along with IED for purpose of SCADA.
11. Whether communication on RS-485 Port-Mod Bus-Open
Protocol provided.
12. Type of characteristic.
13. Descriptive leaflet attached or not.
14. Accuracy class of CT needed.
15. Range of setting for over current and earth fault protection.
16. Whether drawout type.

E) INDICATING AND INTEGRATING INSTRUMENTS :


I Ammeter Voltmeter PF Meter
1. Manufacturer's name
2. Type designation/reference.
3. Accuracy class (es) & governing standard.
4. The burden in VA at normal
current and/or nominal voltage.
a) Current coil.
b) Potential coil.
5. Transformation ratio(s) of instrument
Transformer (s) for which the instrument
has been adjusted, if relevant.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 170 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

6. Size.
7. Whether suitable for sheet steel
mounting.
8. Colour finish.
9. Short duration overload capacity.
10. Make and type of selector switch for
Ammeter/Volt meter.

II) Control Switches:


1. Manufacturer's name.
2. Type designation.
3. Type of handle provided.
4. No. of position.
5. No. of contacts.
i) Normally closed.
ii) Normally opened.
6. Making capacity/breaking capacity.
7. Whether spring return to normal
or stay put type.
8. Type of lock provided.
III) Indicating Lamps:
1. Manufacturer's name
2. Type designation.
3. Operating voltage.
4. Size of lense.
5. Wattage of lamps.
6. Colour of lamp body.

IV) Switch Board Wiring:


1. Insulation of wiring.
2. Size of wiring conductor for
a) CT circuits.
b) PT circuits.
c) AC supply circuits.
d) Other circuits.
3. Size of earthing bar for safety earthing.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 171 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

4. Type of terminals provided on wiring.


5. Conductor material.
6. Colour used.
a) AC circuits.
i) 1st phase.
ii) IInd phase.
iii) IIIrd phase.
iv) Neutral.
v) Earth.
b) DC circuits.
7. Identification of suffix used for:
a) Metering circuits.
b) O/C and E/F indication.
c) AC aux. circuits.

F) MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION:
1. Bushings:
a) Make and Drawing No.
b) Type of bushing.
c) Creepage distance.
i) Total
ii) Protected.
d) 1 minute power frequency withstand
test voltage for bushing.
i) Dry.
ii) Wet.
e) Impulse withstand voltage.
f) Reference standard
g) Permissible safe contiliver loading on bushing
h) Catalogue n. of bushing offered and its
mechanical strength.
2. Motor / Magnetic Actuator:
a) Make
b) Wattage
c) Rated voltage
d) Protecton equipment

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 172 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

e) Closing contactor
3. Terminal connectors:
a) Make/Material.
b) Rated continuous current.
c) Rated short time current for 3 seconds.
d) Max. temp. rise of terminal
connector over ambient temp. of 50 Deg.C. &
Max. temp. attained.
4. Paint shade of outdoor kiosk.
5. Main bus bar:
a) Size.
b) Material (Copper only).
c) Rated short time current for 3 seconds.
d) Current density.
6. Interconnecting Bus Bar.
a) Size.
b) Material (Copper only).
c) Rated continuous current for 3 seconds.
d) Current density.
7. C.T. Windings:
a) Primary:
i) No. of turns.
ii) Cross sectional area.
b) Secondary:
i) No. of turns.
ii) Cross sectional area.
iii) Material.
8. Power Cable sealing kits:
a) Make
b) Type
c) Size
9. List of interlocks
i) Mechanical interlock
ii) Electrical interlock.
10. Overall dimensions
a) For vacuum circuit breaker kiosk complete.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 173 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

b) Circuit breakers
c) Impact for foundation design to include
dead load + impact value on opening at
max. interrupting rating in dead load.
11. Constructional Features
i) Mass of complete circuit breaker with mechanism and
vacuum bottle.
ii) Mass of vacuum bottle.
iii) No. of breaks in series per pole.
iv) Minm. clarance in air.
a) Between poles.
b) to earth.
12. Arrangement provided
a) Pole discrepancy.
b) Trip free/fixed trip
c) Anti pumping
13. Connecton for CTs
a) Size
b) Material
14. Connecton for PTs
a) Size
b) Material

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 174 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET- 5
Schedule of Guaranteed Technical Particulars for First Step-up Voltage Level
and Second step-up voltage level Single Phase Potential Transformer
(To be furnished by the bidder)

S.No. Particulars
1. Name and Address of Manufacturer
2. Manufacturers type and designation
3. Nominal system voltage (KV rms)
4. Highest system voltage (KV rms)
5. Insulation level
a) Impuse withstand voltage (KVP-
b) One minute power frequency dry withstand
voltage (KV rms)
6. Rated frequency (Hz.)
7. Rated transformation ratio
8. Rated output (VA burden per ph.)
9. Class of accuracy
10. Rated voltage factor and time
11. Winding connections
a) Primary
b) Secondary
12. Details of winding particulars No. Cross Total
of Sectional weight
Turns Area of Winding
Each Turn approx
Sqmm
a) Primary winding (Copper)
b) Secondary winding (Copper)
13. Guaranteed ratio error (max.)
14. Guaranteed phase angle error (max.)
15. Guaranteed max. temperature rise of the winding
over an ambient temperature of 50 degreeC at
rated continuous thermal current at rated
frequency and with rated burden.
16. Bushing details

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 175 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

a) Make
b) Catalogue No.
c) Total creepage distance (mm)
d) IS to which bushing conforms
e) Arcing distance (mm)
f) Max. creepage factor
17. I. Insulation Class
II. Insulation material used
18. Core details
a) Material
b) Weight of the core etc.
19. Whether any PT fuse have been provided in
secondary side of P.T.
20. Whether neutral of PT or PH side is
isolated/floated

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 176 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

SHEET- 6
Guaranteed Technical Particulars of LED lights
(To Be Submitted By the Bidder)

S. No. Parameter Guaranteed Value


1. LED Operating Current
2. Output Luminous Flux
3. Beam Angle
4. Illuminance
5. Photometric Curve
6. Material of Luminaire
7. Dimension
8. Weight
9. Impact Resistance
10. LED Life

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 177 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

F. ERECTION CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT GENERAL


21 General conditions:

The following provisions shall supplement the conditions already contained in the other
parts of these specifications and documents and shall govern that portion of the work of this
contract which is to be performed at site. The erection requirements and procedures not
specified in these documents shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
equipment manufacturer, or as mutually agreed to between the Employer and the
Contractor prior to commencement of erection work.

The Contractor upon signing of the Contract shall, in addition to a Project Co-ordinator,
nominate another responsible officer as his representative at Site suitably designated for
the purpose of overall responsibility and co- ordination of the Works to be performed at
Site. Such a person shall function from the Site office of the Contractor during the pendency
of Con- tract.

21.1 CODE REQUIREMENTS

The erection requirements and procedures to be followed during the installation of the
equipment shall be in accordance with the relevant Government of India Rules & Codes,
accepted good practices in the industry and shall fulfill all statutory requirements.

21.2 ELECTRICAL SAFETY REGULATIONS

The contractor shall ensure that entire electrical installation work is executed by adopting
applicable statutory safety regulations and best practices in the industry. The Contractor
shall employ the necessary number of qualified, full time electricians to maintain his
temporary electrical installation.

21.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING INSPECTION CERTIFICATES

The provisions of the clause entitled Inspection and Testing in the Technical Specification,
shall also be applicable to the erection portion of the Works. The Employer shall have the
right to re-inspect any equipment though previously inspected and approved by him at the
Contractors works, before and after the same are erected at Site. If by the above
inspection, the Employer rejects any equipment, the Contractor shall make good for such
rejections either by replacement or modification/ repairs as may be necessary to the
satisfaction of the Employer. Such replacements will also include the replacements or re-

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 178 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

execution of such of those works of other Contractors and/or agencies, which might have
got damaged or affected by the replacements or re-work done to the Contractors work.

21.4 CONTRACTORS SITE OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT

The Contractor shall establish an Office at the Site and keep posted an authorised
representative for the purpose of the Contract. Any written order or instruction of the
Employer or his duly authorised representative shall be communicated to the said
authorised resident representative of the Contractor and the same shall be deemed to have
been communicated to the Contractor at his legal address

21.5 CONTRACTORS FIELD OPERATION

The Contractor shall keep the Employer informed in advance regarding his field activity
plans and schedules for carrying out each part of the works. Any review of such plan or
schedule or method of work by the Employer shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his
responsibilities towards the field activities. Such reviews shall also not be considered as an
assumption of any risk or liability by the Employer or any of his representatives and no
claim of the Contractor will be entertained because of the failure or inefficiency of any such
plan or schedule or method of work reviewed. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
the safety, adequacy and efficiency of plant and equipment and his erection methods.

The Contractor shall have the complete responsibility for the conditions of the Work-Site
including the safety of all persons employed by him or his Sub-Contractor and all the
properties under his custody during the performance of the work. This requirement shall
apply continuously till the completion of the Contract and shall not be limited to normal
working hours. The construction review by the Employer is not intended to include review of
Contractors safety measures in, on or near the Work-Site, and their adequacy or
otherwise.

21.6 PROTECTION OF WORK

The Contractor shall have total responsibility for protecting his works till it is finally taken
over by the Employer. No claim will be entertained by the Employer or the representative of
the Employer for any damage or loss to the Contractors works and the Contractor shall be
responsible for complete restoration of the damaged works to original conditions to comply
with the specification and drawings. Should any such damage to the Contractors Works
occur because of any other agency/individual not being under his supervision or control, the
Contractor shall make his claim directly with the party concerned. The Contractor shall not
cause any delay in the repair of such damaged Works because of any delay in the

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 179 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

resolution of such dis- putes. The Contractor shall proceed to repair the Work immediately
and no cause thereof will be assigned pending resolution of such disputes.

21.7 FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR

Contractor's site office Establishment

The Contractor shall establish a site office at the site and keep posted an authorized
representative for the purpose of the contract, pursuant to GCC.

Tools, tackles and scaffoldings

The Contractor shall provide all the construction equipments, tools, tackles and scaffoldings
required for pre-assembly, installation, testing, commissioning and conducting Guarantee
tests of the equipments covered under the Contract. The Contractor shall arrange
machinery & equipment such as Dozer, Hydra, Cranes, Trailer, etc. wherever required for
the purpose of fabrication, erection and commissioning.

Testing Equipment and Facilities:

The contractor shall provide the necessary testing, equipment and facilities.

Testing of construction material at the site:

Contractor shall make arrangements for the testing of construction material at the site
wherever required, under the scope of services of the contract.

First-aid

The Contractor shall provide necessary first-aid facilities for all his employees,
representatives and workmen working at the Site. Enough number of Contractors
personnel shall be trained in administering first-aid.

Water

Contractor shall make all arrangements himself for the supply of construction water as well
as potable water for labour and other personnel at the worksite/colony.

21.8 FIRE PROTECTION

The work procedures that are to be used during the erection shall be those which minimise
fire hazards to the extent practicable. Combustible materials, combustible waste and
rubbish shall be collected and removed from the Site regularly. Fuels, oils and volatile or
flammable materials shall be stored away from the construction and equipment and
materials storage areas in safe containers. Untreated canvas, paper, plastic or other
flammable flexible materials shall not at all be used at Site for any other purpose unless

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 180 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

otherwise specified. If any such materials are received with the equipment at the Site, the
same shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material before moving into the
construction or storage area.

All materials used for storage or for handling of materials shall be of water proof and flame
resistant type. All the other materials such as working drawings, plans etc. which are
combustible but are essential for the works to be executed shall be protected against
combustion resulting from welding sparks, cutting flames and other similar fire sources.

All the Contractors supervisory personnel and sufficient number of workers shall be trained
for fire-fighting and shall be assigned specific fire protection duties. Enough of such trained
personnel must be available at the Site during the entire period of the Contract.

The Contractor shall provide suitable quantity & type fire protection equipment for the
warehouses, office, temporary structures etc.

21.9 SECURITY

The Contractor shall have total responsibility for all equipment and materials in his custody
stores, loose, semi-assembled and/or erected by him at Site. The Contractor shall make
suitable security arrangements including employment of security personnel to ensure the
protection of all materials, equipment and works from theft, fire, pilferage and any other
damages and loss.

21.10 PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION

All the equipments shall be suitably protected, coated, covered or boxed and crated to
prevent damage or deterioration during transit, handling and storage at Site till the time of
erection. While packing all the materials, the limitation from the point of view of the sizes of
railway wagons available in India should be taken account of. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any loss or damage during transportation, handling and storage due to
improper packing. The Contractor shall ascertain the availability of Railway wagon sizes
from the Indian Railways or any other agency concerned in India well before effecting
dispatch of equipment. Before dispatch it shall be ensured that complete processing and
manufacturing of the components is carried out at shop, only restricted by transport
limitation, in order to ensure that site works like grinding, welding, cutting & preassembly to
bare minimum. The Employer's Inspector shall have right to insist for completion of works in
shops before dispatch of materials for transportation.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 181 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

21.11 CRATING

All equipment and materials shall be suitably coated, wrapped, or covered and boxed or
crated for moist humid tropical shipment and to prevent damage or deterioration during
handling and storage at the site.

Equipment shall be packed with suitable desiccants, sealed in water proof vapour-proof
wrapping and packed in lumber of plywood enclosures, suitably braced, tied and skidded.
Lumber enclosures shall be solid, not slatted.

Desiccants shall be either silica gel or calcium sulphate, sufficiently ground to provide the
required surface area and activated prior to placing in the packaging. Calcium sulphate
desiccants shall be of a chemical nature to absorb moisture. In any case, the desiccant
shall not be of a type that will absorb enough moisture to go into solution. Desiccants shall
be packed in porous containers, strong enough to withstand handling encountered during
normal shipment. Enough desiccant shall be used for the volumes enclosed in wrapping.

Packaging or shipping units shall be designed within the limitations of unloading facilities
and the equipment which will be used for transport. Complications involved with ocean
shipment and the limitations of ports, railways and roads shall be considered. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to investigate these limitations and to provide suitable packaging
to permit safe handling during transit and at the job site.

Electrical equipment, control and instrumentation shall be protected against moisture and
water damage. All external gasket surfaces and flange faces, couplings, motor pump
shafts, bearing and like items shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with rust preventive
compound as specified above and protected with suitable wood, metal or other substantial
type covering to ensure their full protection.

Equipment having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be protected by weather tight


enclosures.

Coated surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discolouration and other
damage. Surfaces which are damaged shall be repaired.

All exposed threaded parts shall be greased and protected with metallic or other substantial
type protectors. All female threaded openings shall be closed with forged steel plugs. All
pipings, tubing, and conduit equipment and other equipment openings shall be sealed with
metallic or other rough usage covers and tapped to seal the interior of the equipment
piping, tubing, or conduit.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 182 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Provisions shall be made to ensure that water does not enter any equipment during
shipment or in storage at the plant site.

Returnable containers and special shipping devices shall be returned by the manufacturer's
field representative at the Contractor's expense.

While packaging the material, care shall be taken for the limitation from the point of view of
availability of railway wagon sizes in India.

21.12 MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE

All the equipments furnished under the Contract and arriving at Site shall be promptly
received, unloaded and transported and stored in the storage spaces by the Contractor.

Contractor shall be solely responsible for any shortages or damage in transit, handling and
/ or in storage and erection of the equipment at Site. Any demurrage, wharfage and other
such charges claimed by the transporters, railways etc. shall be to the account of the
Contractor.

The equipment stored shall be properly protected to prevent damage either to the
equipment or to the floor where they are stored. The equipment from the store shall be
moved to the actual location at the appropriate time so as to avoid damage of such
equipment at Site.

All electrical panels, controls gear, motors and such other devices shall be properly dried by
heating before they are installed and energised. Motor bearings, slip rings, commutators
and other exposed parts shall be protected against moisture ingress and corrosion during
storage and periodically inspected. Heavy rotating parts in assembled conditions shall be
periodically rotated to prevent corrosion due to prolonged storage.

All the electrical equipment such as motors, etc. shall be periodically tested for insulation
resistance from the date of receipt till the date of commissioning and a record of such
measured insulation values maintained by the Contractor. Such records shall be open for
inspection by the Employer.

The Contractor shall ensure that all the packing materials and protection devices used for
the various equipments during transit and storage are removed before the equipment are
installed.

The consumables and other supplies likely to deteriorate due to storage must be thoroughly
protected and stored in a suitable manner to prevent damage or deterioration in quality by

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 183 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

storage.All the materials stored in the open or dusty location must be covered with suitable
weatherproof and flameproof covering material wherever applicable.

21.13 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Contractor shall be responsible for performance of his works in accordance with the
specified construction schedule. If at any time, the Contractor is falling behind the schedule,
he shall take necessary action to make good for such delays by increasing his work force or
by working overtime or otherwise accelerate the progress of the work to comply with the
schedule and shall communicate such actions in writing to the Employer, satisfying that his
action will compensate for the delay. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extra
compensation for such action.

The Employer shall however not be responsible for provision of additional labour and/or
materials or supply or any other services to the Contractor.

21.14 FIELD OFFICE RECORDS

The Contractor shall maintain at his Site Office up-to- date copies of all drawings,
specifications and other Contract Documents and any other supplementary data complete
with all the latest revisions thereto. The Contractor shall also maintain in addition the
continuous record of all changes to the above Contract Documents, drawings,
specifications, supplementary data, etc. effected at the field and on completion of his total
assignment under the Contract shall incorporate all such changes on the drawings and
other Engineering data to indicate as installed conditions of the equipment furnished and
erected under the Contract. Such drawings and Engineering data shall be available for
inspection & review to the Employer.

21.15 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND CONTRACTORS LIABILITY

The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations. He shall
also be responsible for protection of all persons including members of public and
employees of the Employer and his own employees and all public and private property
including structures, building, other plants and equipments and utilities either above or
below the ground.

The Contractor will ensure provision of necessary safety equipment such as barriers, sign -
boards, warning lights and alarms, etc. to provide adequate protection to persons and
property.

21.16 PAINTING

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 184 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

All exposed metal parts of the equipment including pipings, structure railings, etc. wherever
applicable, after installation unless otherwise surface protected, shall be first painted in
accordance with relevant codes & standards, after throughly cleaning all such parts of all
dirt, rust, scales, greases, oils and other foreign materials by wire brushing, scraping or
sand blasting.

21.17 UNFAVOURABLE WORKING CONDITIONS

The Contractor shall confine all his field operations to those works which can be performed
without subjecting the equipment and materials to adverse effects during inclement weather
conditions, like monsoon, storms, etc. and during other unfavourable construction
conditions. No field activities shall be performed by the Contractor under conditions which
might adversely affect the quality and efficiency thereof, unless special precautions or
measures are taken by the Contractor in a proper and satisfactory manner in the
performance of such Works and with the concurrence of the Employer. Such unfavourable
construction conditions will in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform
the Works as per the schedule.

21.18 PROTECTION OF MONUMENTS AND REFERENCE POINTS

The Contractor shall ensure that any finds such as relic, antiquity, coins, fossils, etc. which
he may come across during the course of performance of his Works either during
excavation or elsewhere, are properly protected and handed over to the Employer.

21.19 FOUNDATION DRESSING & GROUTING FOR EQUIPMENT/ EQUIPMENT BASES

The surfaces of foundations shall be dressed to bring the top surface of the foundations to
the required level, prior to placement of equipment/equipment bases on the foundations.

All the equipment/ equipment bases shall be grouted and finished as per these
specifications unless otherwise recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

The concrete foundation surfaces shall be properly prepared by chipping, grinding as


required to bring the top of such foundation to the required level, to provide the necessary
roughness for bondage and to assure enough bearing strength.

21.20 GROUT

The grout shall be high strength grout having a minimum characteristic compressive
strength of 60 N/mm2 at 28 days. The grout shall be chloride - free, cement based, free
flowing, non-metallic grout.The Grout shall have good flowability even at very low water/
grout powder ratio.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 185 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The Grout shall have characteristics of controlled expansion to be able to occupy its original
volume to fill the voids and to compensate for shrinkage. Grout shall be of pre-mix variety
so that only water needs to be added before use.

The mixing of the Grout shall conform to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the
Grout.

21.21 PLACING OF GROUT

After the base has been prepared, its alignment and level has been checked and approved
and before actually placing the grout, a low dam shall be set around the base at a distance
that will permit pouring and manipulation of the grout. The height of such dam shall be at
least 25mm above the bottom of the base. Suitable size and number of chains shall be
introduced under the base before placing the grout, so that such chains can be moved back
& forth to push the grout into every part of the space under the base.

The grout shall be poured either through grout holes if provided or shall be poured at one
side or at two adjacent sides to make the grout move in a solid mass under the base and
out in the opposite side. Pouring shall be continued until the entire space below the base is
thoroughly filled and the grout stands at least 25 mm higher all around than the bottom of
the base. Enough care should be taken to avoid any air or water pockets beneath the
bases.

In addition to the above, recommendations of Grout manufacturer shall also be followed.

21.22 FINISHING OF THE EDGES OF THE GROUT

The poured grout should be allowed to stand undisturbed until it is well set. Immediately
thereafter, the dam shall be removed and grout which extends beyond the edges of the
structural or equipment base plates shall be cut off, flushed and removed. The edges of the
grout shall then be pointed and finished with 1:2 cement mortar pressed firmly to bond with
the body of the grout and smoothened with a tool to present a smooth vertical surface. The
work shall be done in a clean and scientific manner and the adjacent floor spaces, exposed
edges of the foundations, and structural steel and equipment base plates shall be
thoroughly cleaned of any spillage of the grout.

21.23 SHAFT ALIGNMENTS

All the shafts of rotating equipment shall be properly aligned to those of the matching
equipments to as perfect accuracy as practicable. The equipment shall be free from
excessive vibration so as to avoid overheating of bearings or other conditions which may
tend to shorten the life of the equipment. The vibration level of rotating equipments

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 186 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

measured at bearing housing shall conform to VDI 2056. All bearings, shafts and other
rotating parts shall be thoroughly cleaned and suitably lubricated before starting.

21.24 DOWELLING

All the motors and other equipment shall be suitably doweled after alignment of shafts with
tapered machined dowels as per the direction of the Employer.

21.25 CABLING

All cables shall be supported by conduits or cable tray run in air or in cable channels. These
shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right
angle turn made of symmetrical bends or fittings. When cables are run on cable trays, they
shall be clamped at a minimum intervals of 2000mm.

Each cable, whether power or control, shall be provided with a metallic or plastic tag of an
approved type, bearing a cable reference number indicated in the cable and conduit list
(prepared by the Contractor), at every 5 meter run or part thereof and at both ends of the
cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way that cables
are accessible for any maintenance and for easy identification.

Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided. Installation of other cables like high
voltage, coaxial, screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in accordance with the
cable manufacturers recommendations. Wherever cables cross roads and water, oil,
sewage or gaslines, special care should be taken for the protection of the cables in
designing the cable channels.

In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at a suitable point to enable one or two
straight through joints to be made, should the cable develop fault at a later date.

Control cable terminations shall be made in accordance with wiring diagrams, using
identifying codes subject to the Employers approval. Multicore control cable jackets shall
be removed as required to train and terminate the conductors. The cable jacket shall be left
on the cable, as far as possible, to the point of the first conductor branch. The insulated
conductors from which the jacket is removed shall be neatly twined in bundles and
terminated. The bundles shall be firmly but not tightly tied utilising plastic or nylon ties or
specifically treated fungus protected cord made for this purpose. Control cable conductor
insulation shall be securely and evenly cut.

The connectors for control cables shall be covered with a transparent insulating sleeve so
as to prevent accidental contact with ground or adjacent terminals and shall preferably
terminate in Elmex terminals and washers. The insulating sleeve shall be fire resistant and

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 187 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

shall be long enough to over pass the conductor insulation. All control cables shall be
fanned out and connection made to terminal blocks and test equipment for proper operation
before cables are corded together.

21.26 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION General Requirements

The Contractor shall furnish all construction materials, tools and equipment and shall
perform all work required for complete installation of all control and instrument equipment
furnished under this specification.

Contractor shall prepare detailed installation drawings for each equipment furnished under
this specification. Installation of all equipment/systems furnished by this specification shall
be as per installation drawings. Erection procedures not specified herein shall be in
accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers. The procedures
shall be acceptable to the Employer.

The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other suppliers where their instruments and
devices are to be installed under specifications.

Installation Materials

All materials required for installation, testing and commissioning of the equipment shall be
furnished by the Contractor.

Regulatory Requirements

All installation procedures shall confirm with the accepted good engineering practice and
with all applicable governmental laws, regulations and codes.

Cleaning

All equipment shall be cleaned of all sand, dirt and other foreign materials immediately after
removal from storage and before the equipment is installed.

Installation of Field Mounted Instruments/Devices and Non-free Standing Equipment

The installation drawings for all field mounted equipment/instrument/devices furnished


under this specification shall meet the requirements of this specification, applicable codes
and standards and recommendations of manufacturers of instruments/devices. In addition
to above relevant Portion as specified elsewhere in technical specification may be referred.

Field mounted instruments and accessories shall be bracket or sub panel mounted on the
nearest suitable firm steel work or masonry. The brackets, stands, supports and other
miscellaneous hardware required for mounting instruments and accessories such as

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 188 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

receiver gauge, air set, valve manifold, purge-meter etc. shall be furnished and installed.
No field mounted instruments shall be installed such that it depends for support or rigidity
on the impulse piping or on electrical connection to it.

All free standing instrumentation cabinets and panels shall be located within the
construction tolerances of +/- 3 mm of the location dimensions indicated on the plant
arrangement drawings.

Non-free standing local enclosures and cabinets shall be mounted in accessible locations
on columns, walls, or stands. Bracket and stands shall be fabricated as required to install
the local enclosures and cabinets in a workman like manner. Rough edges and welds on all
fabricated supports shall be ground smooth. The supports shall be finished with two coats
of primer and two coats of paint as specified in this part.

Defects

All defects in erection shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Employer and the Project
Manager. The dismantling and reassembly of Contractor furnished equipment to remove
defective parts, replace parts, or make adjustments shall be included as a part of the work
under these specifications.

The removal of control and instrument equipment in order to allow bench calibration, if
required, and the re-installation of the said equipment after calibration shall also be
included as a part of the work under these specifications.

Equipment Protection

All equipment to be erected under these specifications shall be protected from damage of
any kind from the time of contract award until commissioning of each unit.

The equipment shall be protected during storage as described herein.

Equipment shall be protected from weld spatter during construction.

Suitable guards shall be provided for protection of personnel on all exposed rotating or
moving machine parts. All such guards with necessary spares and accessories shall be
designed for easy removal and maintenance.

Equipment having glass components such as gauges, or equipment having other easily
breakable components, shall be protected during the construction period with plywood
enclosures or other suitable means. Broken, stolen, or lost components shall be replaced
by the Contractor.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 189 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Machine finished surfaces, polished surfaces, or other bare metal surfaces which are not to
be painted, such as machinery shafts and couplings shall be provided temporary protection
during storage and constructional periods by a coating of a suitable non- drying, oily type,
rust preventive compound.

21.27 DEVIATIONS DISPOSITIONING:

Any deviation to the contract and employer approved documents shall be properly recorded
in the format prescribed by SJVN. All the deviations shall be bought to the knowledge of
employers representative for suitable dispositioning.

21.28 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the local laws and regulations, the Contractor shall also comply with the
Minimum Wages Act and the Payment of Wages Act (both of the Government of India) and
the rules made there under in respect of its labour and the labour of its sub-contractors
currently employed on or connected with the contract.

All registration and statutory inspection fees, if any, in respect of his work pursuant to this
Contract shall be to the account of the Contractor. However, any registration, statutory
inspection fees lawfully payable under the provisions of any statutory laws and its
amendments from time to time during erection in respect of the plant equipment ultimately
to be owned by the Employer, shall be to the account of the Employer. Should any such
inspection or registration need to be re-arranged due to the fault of the Contractor or his
Sub-Contractor, the additional fees for such inspection and/or registration shall be borne by
the Contractor.

21.29 EMPLOYMENT OF LABOUR

In addition to all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labour to be
complied with by the Contractor pursuant to GCC, the Contractor will be expected to
employ on the work only his regular skilled employees with experience of the particular
work. No female labour shall be employed after darkness. No person below the age of
eighteen years shall be employed.

All travelling expenses including provisions of all necessary transport to and from Site,
lodging allowances and other payments to the Contractors employees shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor.

In case the Employer becomes liable to pay any wages or dues to the labour or any
Government agency under any of the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, Workmen
Compensation Act, Contact Labour Regulation Abolition Act or any other law due to act of

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 190 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

omission of the Contractor, the Employer may make such payments and shall recover the
same from the Contractors Bills.

21.30 WORK & SAFETY REGULATIONS

The Contractor shall ensure proper safety of all the workmen, materials, plant and
equipments belonging to him or to Employer or to others, working at the Site. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for provision of all safety notices and safety equipment
required both by the relevant legislation and the Employer as he may deem necessary.

Where it is necessary to provide and/or store petroleum products or petroleum mixtures


and explosives, the contractor shall be responsible for carrying-out such provision and/or
storage in accordance with the rules and regulations laid down in petroleum act 1934,
explosives act, 1948, and petroleum and carbide of calcium manual published by the chief
inspector of explosives of india. All such storage shall have prior approval of the employer.
In case, any approvals are necessary from the chief inspector (explosives) or any statutory
authorities, the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the same.

Where explosives are to be used, the same shall be used under the direct control and
supervision of an expert, experienced, qualified and competent person strictly in
accordance with the Code of Practices/Rules framed under Indian Explosives Act
pertaining to handling, storage and use of explosives.

All equipment used in construction and erection by Contractor shall meet


Indian/International Standards and where such standards do not exist, the Contractor shall
ensure these to be absolutely safe. All construction and erection equipments shall be
strictly operated and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with statutory safety
regulations. Periodical Examinations and all tests for all lifting/ hoisting equipment & tackles
shall be carried-out in accordance with the relevant provisions of Factories Act 1948, Indian
Electricity Act 1910 and associated Laws/Rules in force from time to time.

The Contractor shall provide suitable safety equipment of prescribed standard to all
employees and workmen according to the need, as may be directed by Employer who will
also have right to examine these safety equipments to determine their suitability, reliability,
acceptability and adaptability.

(a) Working platforms should be fenced and shall have means of access.

(b) Ladders in accordance with stautory safety rules for construction and erection shall be
used. Rungs shall not be welded on columns. All the stairs shall be provided with handrails
immediately after its erection.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 191 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

The Contractor shall provide safe working conditions to all workmen and employees at the
Site including safe means of access, railings, stairs, ladders, scaffoldings etc. The
scaffoldings shall be erected under the control and supervision of an experienced and
competent person. For erection, good and standard quality of material only shall be used by
the Contractor.

The Contractor employing more than 250 workmen whether temporary, casual, probationer,
regular or permanent or on contract, shall employ atleast one full time officer exclusively as
Safety Officer to supervise safety aspects of the equipments and workmen, who will co-
ordinate with the Employer Safety Officer. In case of work being carried out through sub-
Contractors, the Sub-Contractors workmen/employees will also be considered as the
Contractors employees/workmen for the above purpose.

In case any accident occurs during the construction/ erection or other associated activities
undertaken by the Contractor thereby causing any minor or major or fatal injury to his
employees due to any reason, what- soever, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to promptly inform the same to the Employer and also to all the authorities envisaged under
the applicable laws.

The Contractor shall follow and comply with relevant provisions of applicable laws
pertaining to the safety of workmen, employees plant and equipment as may be prescribed
from time to time without any demur, protest or contest or reservation.

If the Contractor does not take all safety precautions and/or fails to comply with the Safety
Rules as prescribed by the Employer or under the applicable law for the safety of the
equipment and plant and for the safety of personnel and the Contractor does not prevent
hazardous conditions which cause injury to his own employees or employees of other
Contractors, or the Employer's employees or any other person who are at Site or adjacent
thereto, the Contractor shall be responsible for payment of compensation to Employer as
per the following schedule:-

Fatal injury or accident. These are


1 Rs. 1,00,000/- per person
causing death applicable

Rs. 20,000/- per personfor death/


2 Major injuries or accident
causing 25% or more injury to any

permanent disablement to person


workmen or employees whosoever

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 192 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

Permanent disablement shall have same meaning as indicated in Workmens


Compensation Act. The compensation mentioned above shall be in addition to the
compensation payable to the workmen/employees under the relevant provisions of the
Workmens Compensation Act and rules framed thereunder or any other applicable laws as
applicable from time to time. In case the Employer is made to pay such Compensation then
the Contractor is liable to reimburse the Employer such amount in addition to the
compensation indicated above.

If the Contractor observes all the Safety Rules and Codes, Statutory Laws and Rules during
the currency of Contract awarded by the Employer and no accident occurs then the
Employer may consider the performance of the Contractor and award suitable ACCIDENT
FREE SAFETY MERITORIOUS AWARD as per scheme as may be announced separately
from time to time.

21.31 INSURANCE

In addition to the conditions covered under the Clause entitled Insurance in Section
General Conditions of Contract (GCC), the following provisions will also apply to the portion
of works to be done beyond the Contractors own or his Sub-Contractors manufacturing
Works and all statutory obligations shall be fulfilled.

21.32 WORKMENS COMPENSATION INSURANCE

This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims applicable under the
Workmens Compensation Act, 1948 (Government of India). This policy shall also cover the
Contractor against claims for injury, disability disease or death of his or his Sub-
Contractors employees, which for any reason are not covered under the Workmens
Compensation Act, 1948. The liabilities shall not be less than the following:

Workmen's Compensation - As per Statutory Provisions

Employee's Liability - As per Statutory Provisions

21.33 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE

This insurance shall be in such a form to protect the Contractor against all claims for
injuries, disability, disease and death to members of public including the Employers men
and damage to the property of other arising from the use of motor vehicles during on or off
the Site operations, irrespective of the Ownership of such vehicles. The liability covered
shall be as herein indicated:

Fatal Injury : Rs.100,000 each person

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 193 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

: Rs.200,000 each occurrence

Property Damage : Rs.100,000 each occurrence

21.34 COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE

The insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries,
disabilities, disease or death of members of public or damage to property of others, due to
any act or omission on the part of the Contractor, his agents, his employees, his
representa- tives and Sub-Contractors or from riots, strikes and civil commotion. This
insurance shall also cover all the liabilities of the Contractor arising out of the Clause
entitled Defence of Suits in Section General Conditions of Contract (GCC).

The hazards to be covered will pertain to all the Works and areas where the Contractor, his
SubContractors, his agents and his employees have to perform work pursuant to the
Contract.

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 194 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (TS)

21.35 LIST OF TENDER DRAWINGS:

The contractor shall submit, but not limited to, following drawings to the employer with complete
information for its review-
Sl. No. TITLE

1. Single line diagram Power Evacuation System

2. Installation methodology of buried cables

3.
Details of Chain Link Fencing
4. Details of Main Gate

5. Inverter Room Pre Engineered BuildingArchitectural Plan, Elevation, Section details

6. Typical detail of Approach Roads drawing

DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL
70 MW BHADLA, SPECIFICATIONS
PART-V Page 195 of 195
PHASE-II SOLAR PV SJVN/SOLAR/70MW/RJ/002-
PROJECT 2015

Potrebbero piacerti anche